DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual PDF

Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual
Hardware Release 1.6 April 2002
Corporate Headquarters Cisco Systems, Inc. 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA http://www.cisco.com Tel: 408 526-4000 800 553-NETS (6387) Fax: 408 526-4100
Text Part Number: 78-13121-03
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS. THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY. Modifications to this product not authorized by Cisco Systems, Inc. could void the FCC approval and negate your authority to operate the product. The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCBs public domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright 1981, Regents of the University of California. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED AS IS WITH ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE. IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. AccessPath, AtmDirector, Browse with Me, CCDA, CCDE, CCDP, CCIE, CCNA, CCNP, CCSI, CD-PAC, CiscoLink, the Cisco NetWorks logo, the Cisco Powered Network logo, Cisco Systems Networking Academy, the Cisco Systems Networking Academy logo, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, FrameShare, GigaStack, IGX, Internet Quotient, IP/VC, iQ Breakthrough, iQ Expertise, iQ FastTrack, the iQ Logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, MGX, the Networkers logo, Packet, RateMUX, ScriptBuilder, ScriptShare, SlideCast, SMARTnet, TransPath, Unity, Voice LAN, Wavelength Router, and WebViewer are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn, Discover All Thats Possible, and Empowering the Internet Generation, are service marks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Aironet, ASIST, BPX, Catalyst, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, the Cisco IOS logo, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherSwitch, FastHub, FastSwitch, IOS, IP/TV, LightStream, MICA, Network Registrar, PIX, Post-Routing, Pre-Routing, Registrar, StrataView Plus, Stratm, SwitchProbe, TeleRouter, and VCO are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and certain other countries. All other brands, names, or trademarks mentioned in this document or Web site are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0104R) Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual Copyright 2002, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
C O N T E N T S
Preface
xxiii
Safety Summary xxiii General Safety Precautions xxiii Electrical Safety Precautions xxiii Optical Safety Precautions xxiv Laser Safety Features xxv ESD Precautions xxvi Safety Symbols and Labels xxvi Area Warning Sign xxvi Electrical Safety Labels xxvii Front and Back Door Safety Labels Subrack Safety Labels xxviii Module Safety Labels xxix Conventions
xxx xxxi
xxvii
Documentation InfoSet Structure
Obtaining Documentation xxxii World Wide Web xxxii Ordering Documentation xxxii Documentation Feedback xxxii Obtaining Technical Assistance xxxiii Cisco.com xxxiii Technical Assistance Center xxxiii Contacting TAC by Telephone xxxiv Contacting TAC Using the Cisco TAC Website
1
xxxiv
CHAPTER
Introduction
1-1 1-1
Purpose of This Publication Manual Structure

1-1
References 1-2 Applicable Standards 1-2 Additional Cisco ONS 15801 System Information 1-2 Related Standards References About Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing Publication History
1-4
1-2
Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13121-03
iii
Contents
CHAPTER
Preinstallation
2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1
Equipment Verification Equipment Handling Unpacking Modules Guidelines

2-2 2-2
Site Preparation
3
CHAPTER
Site Installation
3-1
General Installation Information 3-3 Common Platform Installation Information 3-3 Standard System Installation Information 3-3 General Installation Instructions 3-3 General Module Installation Instructions 3-4 General Optical Cabling Procedures 3-6 Backplane Optical Cabling 3-6 Front Panel Optical Cabling 3-7 Order of Installation 3-8 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation 3-8 Backplane Optical Connections 3-8 24-Channel Red Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 3-8 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules 3-10 Module Installation Instructions 3-12 24-Channel Red Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 3-12 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules 3-12 Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-13 24-Channel Red Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 3-13 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules 3-15 2.5-Gbps 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site Installation Backplane Optical Connections 3-20 Module Installation Instructions 3-20 Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-21
3-19
2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation 3-21 Backplane Optical Connections 3-21 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4 Channel Add/Drop 3-21 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - Full Blue-Band Demultiplex Module Installation Instructions 3-24 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4-Channel Add/Drop 3-24 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - Full Blue-Band Demultiplex
3-23
3-25
iv
78-13121-03
Contents
Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-25 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4 Channel Add/Drop 3-25 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - Full Blue-Band Demultiplex 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation 3-30 Backplane Optical Connections 3-30 Module Installation Instructions 3-33 Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-33 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation 3-36 Backplane Optical Connections 3-36 Module Installation Instructions 3-38 Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-39
3-27
10-Gbps 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site Installation 3-44 Backplane Optical Connections 3-44 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Backplane Cabling Procedures-East-to-West 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Backplane Cabling Procedures-West-to-East Module Installation Instructions 3-46 Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-46 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation 3-46 Backplane Optical Connections 3-47 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4 Channel Add/Drop 3-47 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - Full Blue-Band Demultiplex Module Installation Instructions 3-51 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4-Channel Add/Drop 3-51 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - Full Blue-Band Demultiplex Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-51 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4 Channel Add/Drop 3-51 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - Full Blue-Band Demultiplex 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation 3-55 Backplane Optical Connections 3-55 Module Installation Instructions 3-58 Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-59
4
3-45 3-46
3-49
3-51
3-53
CHAPTER
Site Setup and Test
4-1 4-1
Installation Setup and Testing Requirements for All Sites 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test 4-2 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Setup and Test 4-2 CMP Configuration and Verification 4-2 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-5 Output Power Criteria 4-7
Contents
Multiplexer Output Power Verification 4-8 Red-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-9 Blue-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-11 TPA-R Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-11 Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Safety Override 4-12 Red- and Blue-Band Laser Safety Shutdown Test 4-12 PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-13 TPA-R Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-14 TPA-R Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-15 TPA-R Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-15 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Site Setup and Test 4-15 CMP Configuration and Verification 4-16 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-19 Output Power Criteria 4-20 East-to-West LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-22 West-to-East LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement Procedure 4-22 East-to-West PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-23 West-to-East PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-24 Setup for East-to-West Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation 4-24 East-to-West RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-25 East-to-West RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-25 East-to-West RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-26 Deactivating the East-to-West Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module 4-26 Setup for West-to-East Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation 4-27 West-to-East RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-27 West-to-East RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-28 West-to-East RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-28 Deactivating the West-to-East Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling LSM-W Module Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification 4-29 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Setup and Test 4-31 CMP Configuration and Verification 4-32 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-35 Output Power Criteria 4-37 East-to-West LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-38 West-to-East LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement Procedure 4-39 East-to-West PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-40 West-to-East PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-41 Setup for East-to-West Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation 4-41 East-to-West RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-42
4-28
vi
78-13121-03
Contents
East-to-West RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-42 East-to-West RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-43 Deactivating the East-to-West Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module 4-43 Setup for West-to-East Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation 4-44 West-to-East RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-44 West-to-East RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-45 West-to-East RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-45 Deactivating the West-to-East Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling LSM-W Module Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification 4-46 Setting the Working Point for the East-to-West ADA Module 4-47 Setting the Working Point for the West-to-East ADA Module 4-47 East-to-West Inserted-Channels Equalization 4-48 West-to-East Inserted-Channels Equalization 4-50 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Setup and Test 4-51 CMP Configuration and Verification 4-52 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-54 Output Power Criteria 4-56 Multiplexer Output Power Verification 4-57 Red-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-58 Blue-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-60 TPA-R Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-60 Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Safety Override 4-61 Red- and Blue-Band Laser Safety Shutdown Test 4-61 PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-62 TPA-R Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-63 TPA-R Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-64 TPA-R Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-64 10-Gbps Setup and Test 4-64 10-Gbps Terminal Site Setup and Test 4-64 CMP Configuration and Verification 4-65 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-68 Output Power Criteria 4-71 Multiplexer Output Power Verification 4-72 Red-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-73 Blue-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-75 TPA-R Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-75 Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Safety Override Red- and Blue-Band Laser Safety Shutdown Test 4-76 PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-77
4-45
4-76
vii
Contents
TPA-R Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-78 TPA-R Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-79 TPA-R Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-79 RBA-10G-E Module Output Power Measurement 4-79 BBA-10G Module Output Power Measurement 4-80 Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification 4-80 Booster Amplifier Threshold Settings 4-82 10-Gbps Optical Line Site Setup and Test 4-84 CMP Configuration and Verification 4-84 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-87 Output Power Criteria 4-90 East-to-West LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-92 West-to-East LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement Procedure 4-93 East-to-West PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-93 West-to-East PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-94 Setup for East-to-West Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation 4-95 East-to-West RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-95 East-to-West RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-96 East-to-West RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-96 Deactivating the East-to-West Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module 4-97 Setup for West-to-East Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation 4-97 West-to-East RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-97 West-to-East RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-98 West-to-East RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-98 Deactivating the West-to-East Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling LSM-W Module Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification 4-99 Booster Amplifier Threshold Settings 4-101 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Setup and Test 4-103 CMP Configuration and Verification 4-103 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-106 Output Power Criteria 4-109 East-to-West LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-111 West-to-East LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement Procedure 4-112 East-to-West PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-112 West-to-East PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-113 Setup for East-to-West Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation 4-114 East-to-West RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-114 East-to-West RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-115 East-to-West RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-115
4-99
viii
78-13121-03
Contents
Deactivating the East-to-West Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module 4-116 Setup for West-to-East Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation 4-116 West-to-East RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-116 West-to-East RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-117 West-to-East RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-117 Deactivating the West-to-East Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling LSM-W Module Setting the Working Point for the East-to-West ADA Module 4-118 Setting the Working Point for the West-to-East ADA Module 4-119 East-to-West Inserted-Channels Equalization 4-119 West-to-East Inserted-Channels Equalization 4-121 Mid-Amplifier Loss Measurement 4-122 Amplifier Regulation 4-124 Booster Amplifier Threshold Settings 4-126 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Setup and Test 4-128 CMP Configuration and Verification 4-128 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-131 Output Power Criteria 4-134 Multiplexer Output Power Verification 4-136 Red-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-137 Blue-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-138 TPA-R Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-138 Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Safety Override 4-139 Red- and Blue-Band Laser Safety Shutdown Test 4-139 PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-140 TPA-R Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-141 TPA-R Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-142 TPA-R Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-142 RBA-10G-E Module Output Power Measurement 4-142 BBA-10G Module Output Power Measurement 4-143 Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification 4-143 Booster Amplifier Threshold Settings 4-145
5
4-118
CHAPTER
Site-to-Site Testing
5-1 5-1 5-2
Installation Test Prerequisites System Testing Requirements
General Site-to-Site Testing 5-2 Line Service Modem Status Test Demultiplexer Test 5-3
5-2
ix
Contents
Optical Service Channel Test 5-5 Orderwire Communications Test 5-6 Ethernet Connection Test 5-6 Network Operation Center Visibility Test
5-7
2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing 5-8 Terminal Site to Terminal Site 5-8 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-8 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-9 OSNR Measurement 5-10 Bit Error Rate Test 5-11 Terminal Site to Optical Line Amplification Site 5-11 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-11 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-12 Terminal Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 5-13 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-13 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-13 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-14 Red- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement 5-15 Terminal Site to Regeneration Site 5-16 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-16 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-17 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing 5-18 Optical Line Amplification Site to Terminal Site 5-18 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-19 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-19 Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Line Amplification Site 5-20 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-20 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-20 Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 5-21 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-21 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-22 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-23 Optical Line Amplification Site to Regeneration Site 5-24 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-24 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-24 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing 5-25 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Terminal Site 5-26 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-26 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-26
78-13121-03
Contents
PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-27 Red- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement 5-31 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Line Amplification Site 5-32 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-32 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-32 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-33 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 5-36 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-36 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-37 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-38 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Regeneration Site 5-39 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-39 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-39 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-40 Channel Output Power Measurement 5-43 Measuring East-to-West Isolated-Channel Output Power 5-43 Measuring East-to-West Dropped-Channel Output Power 5-46 Measuring West-to-East Isolated-Channel Output Power 5-47 Measuring West-to-East Dropped-Channel Output Power 5-48 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing 5-49 Regeneration Site to Terminal Site 5-50 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-50 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-50 Regeneration Site to Optical Line Amplification Site 5-51 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-51 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-52 Regeneration Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 5-53 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-53 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-53 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-54 Regeneration Site to Regeneration Site 5-55 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-55 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-56 10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing 5-57 Terminal Site to Terminal Site 5-57 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-57 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-58 OSNR Measurement 5-59 Bit Error Rate Test 5-60 Terminal Site to Optical Line Amplification Site
5-60
xi
Contents
Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-60 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-61 Terminal Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 5-62 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-62 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-62 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-63 Red- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement 5-64 Terminal Site to Regeneration Site 5-66 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-66 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-66 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing 5-67 Optical Line Amplification Site to Terminal Site 5-68 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-68 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-68 Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Line Amplification Site 5-69 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-69 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-70 Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 5-71 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-71 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-71 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-72 Optical Line Amplification Site to Regeneration Site 5-73 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-73 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-74 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing 5-75 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Terminal Site 5-75 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-75 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-76 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-77 Red- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement 5-80 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Line Amplification Site 5-81 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-81 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-81 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-82 Red- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement 5-85 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 5-86 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-86 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-87 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-88 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Regeneration Site 5-89
xii
78-13121-03
Contents
Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-89 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-90 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-90 Channel Output Power Measurement 5-94 Measuring East-to-West Isolated-Channel Output Power 5-94 Measuring East-to-West Dropped-Channel Output Power 5-96 Measuring West-to-East Isolated-Channel Output Power 5-97 Measuring West-to-East Dropped-Channel Output Power 5-98 ADA Module Output Power Test 5-99 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing 5-99 Regeneration Site to Terminal Site 5-100 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-100 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-101 Regeneration Site to Optical Line Amplification Site 5-102 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-102 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-102 Regeneration Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 5-103 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-103 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-104 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-104 Regeneration Site to Regeneration Site 5-106 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-106 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-106
6
CHAPTER
Site Uninstall
6-1 6-1
Tools and Test Equipment Required Tools 6-1 Test Equipment 6-1
2.5 Gbps Site Uninstall 6-1 Terminal Site Uninstall 6-2 Test Setup 6-2 Uninstall Test 6-2 Optical Line Amplification Site Uninstall 6-4 Test Setup 6-4 Uninstall Test 6-4 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Uninstall 6-6 Test Setup 6-6 Uninstall Test 6-6 Regeneration Site Uninstall 6-8
xiii
Contents
Test Setup 6-8 Uninstall Test 6-9 10 Gbps Site Uninstall 6-10 Terminal Site Uninstall 6-10 Test Setup 6-10 Uninstall Test 6-11 Optical Line Amplification Site Uninstall 6-12 Test Setup 6-12 Uninstall Test 6-12 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Uninstall 6-14 Test Setup 6-14 Uninstall Test 6-15 Regeneration Site Uninstall 6-16 Test Setup 6-16 Uninstall Test 6-17 System Uninstall 6-18 Uninstall Preparation 6-18 Uninstall Procedure 6-18 Packaging and Preparation for Shipment Packaging Tips 6-21 Packaging Racks 6-21 Packaging Modules 6-22 Packaging Cables 6-22 Storage
6-22 6-21
xiv
78-13121-03
F I G U R E S
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 3-1 Figure 4-1 Figure 4-2 Figure 4-3 Figure 4-4 Figure 4-5 Figure 4-6 Figure 4-7 Figure 4-8 Figure 4-9 Figure 4-10 Figure 4-11 Figure 4-12 Figure 4-13 Figure 4-14 Figure 4-15 Figure 4-16 Figure 4-17 Figure 4-18 Figure 4-19 Figure 4-20 Figure 4-21
Cisco ONS 15800/15801 System Startup Warning Sample Laser-Controlled Area Warning Sign Electrical Energy Hazard Symbol Attention Symbol
xxvii xxvii xxvi
xxv
Danger Label on Front and Back Doors of Cisco ONS 15800 Subracks Danger Label on Front and Back Doors of Cisco ONS 15801 Subracks ONS 15800 System Backplane Safety Label ONS 15801 System Backplane Safety Label Backplane Aperture Laser Safety Label E-2000 Module Connectors
3-5 xxix xxviii xxviii
xxvii xxviii
8WC-F Module Wavelength Converter Module and Monitor Output TPA-R Module OSC Measurement Setup
4-12 4-22
4-10
East-to-West Setup for Amplifier Power Output Testing West-to-East Amplifier Power Output Setup West-to-East Amplifier Power Output Setup
4-23
East-to-West Setup for Amplifier Power Output Testing

4-40
4-39
East-to-West Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections West-to-East Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections TPA-R Module OSC Measurement Setup TPA-R Module OSC Measurement Setup
4-61
4-49 4-50
Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot of Channels from the OADM-P4-Rx Module

4-51 4-59
8WC-F Module Wavelength Converter Module and Monitor Output 8WC-F Module Wavelength Converter Module and Monitor Output
4-76 4-92
4-74
East-to-West Setup for Amplifier Power Output Testing West-to-East Amplifier Power Output Setup West-to-East Amplifier Power Output Setup
4-93

4-112
4-111
East-to-West Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections West-to-East Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections
4-120 4-121

4-122 4-137
8WC-F Module Wavelength Converter Module and Monitor Output
xv
Figures
Figure 4-22 Figure 5-1 Figure 5-2 Figure 5-3 Figure 5-4 Figure 5-5 Figure 5-6 Figure 5-7 Figure 5-8 Figure 5-9 Figure 6-1
TPA-R Module OSC Measurement Setup
4-139 5-4 5-44
Demultiplexer Output Measurement Test Setup
East-to-West Site Connections for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites Sample OSA Plot for PRE-L Module MON Port Channels Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot Showing Noise Floor West-to-East Isolated-Channel Measurement Setup
5-45 5-46 5-48
East-to-West Site Connections for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites Sample OSA Plot for PRE-L Module MON Port Channels Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot Showing Noise Floor West-to-East Isolated-Channel Measurement Setup Rack Installation on Raised Computer Flooring
6-21 5-95 5-96 5-98
5-94
xvi
78-13121-03
T A B L E S
Table 3-1 Table 3-2 Table 3-3 Table 3-4 Table 3-5 Table 3-6 Table 3-7 Table 3-8 Table 3-9 Table 3-10 Table 3-11 Table 3-12 Table 3-13 Table 3-14 Table 3-15 Table 3-16 Table 3-17 Table 3-18 Table 3-19 Table 3-20 Table 3-21 Table 3-22 Table 3-23 Table 4-1 Table 4-2 Table 4-3 Table 4-4 Table 4-5 Table 4-6 Table 4-7 Table 4-8
Module Name and Acronym List
3-1 3-9 3-11
24-Channel Red Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 24-Channel Red Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules
32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules
3-13
32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site (Red Band + Blue Band) 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site (Red Band + Blue Band)
3-16 3-20 3-21 3-22 3-23
32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4 Channel Add/Drop 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4 Channel Add/Drop 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Regeneration Site 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Regeneration Site
3-31 3-34 3-37 3-39
32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - Full Blue-Band Demultiplex

3-25
3-28
32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site (Red Band + Blue Band) 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site (Red Band + Blue Band)
3-45 3-46 3-47 3-49
32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4 Channel Add/Drop 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4 Channel Add/Drop 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Regeneration Site 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Regeneration Site Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List Amplifier Line Direction Settings
4-5 4-5 3-56 3-59 4-3

3-52
3-53
2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (Without RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (OOB-FEC)
4-6 4-7 4-6
Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Terminal Sites Multiplexer Output Power Pass-or-Fail Criteria Channel Equalization and Pre-emphasis
4-10 4-8
xvii
Tables
Table 4-9 Table 4-10 Table 4-11 Table 4-12 Table 4-13 Table 4-14 Table 4-15 Table 4-16 Table 4-17 Table 4-18 Table 4-19 Table 4-20 Table 4-21 Table 4-22 Table 4-23 Table 4-24 Table 4-25 Table 4-26 Table 4-27 Table 4-28 Table 4-29 Table 4-30 Table 4-31 Table 4-32 Table 4-33 Table 4-34 Table 4-35 Table 4-36 Table 4-37 Table 4-38 Table 4-39 Table 4-40 Table 4-41 Table 4-42 Table 4-43
Output Power Range of PRE-L Module Amplifier Line Direction Settings

4-18
4-14 4-17
Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List
2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (Without RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (OOB-FEC) Output Power Range of PRE-L Module Amplifier MAL Regulation
4-30 4-33 4-24 4-20
4-19
4-19
Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Line Amplification Sites
4-21
Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List Amplifier Line Direction Settings
4-35
2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (Without RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (OOB-FEC) Output Power Range of PRE-L Module Amplifier MAL Regulation
4-46 4-50 4-41 4-36
4-35
4-36
Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
4-37
East-to-West Inserted Channels Strength Specification Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List Amplifier Line Direction Settings
4-54 4-52
2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (Without RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (OOB-FEC)
4-56 4-57
4-55
4-55
Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Regeneration Sites Multiplexer Output Power Pass-or-Fail Criteria Channel Equalization and Pre-emphasis Output Power Range of PRE-L Module Amplifier Line Direction Settings
4-67 4-68 4-69 4-70 4-59 4-63 4-66 4-58
Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (No FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (IB-FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC)
10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Full Channel Count Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Terminal Sites
4-72
4-70 4-71
10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Reduced Channel Count
xviii
78-13121-03
Tables
Table 4-44 Table 4-45 Table 4-46 Table 4-47 Table 4-48 Table 4-49 Table 4-50 Table 4-51 Table 4-52 Table 4-53 Table 4-54 Table 4-55 Table 4-56 Table 4-57 Table 4-58 Table 4-59 Table 4-60 Table 4-61 Table 4-62 Table 4-63 Table 4-64 Table 4-65 Table 4-66 Table 4-67 Table 4-68 Table 4-69 Table 4-70 Table 4-71 Table 4-72 Table 4-73 Table 4-74 Table 4-75 Table 4-76 Table 4-77 Table 4-78
Multiplexer Output Power Pass-or-Fail Criteria Channel Equalization and Pre-emphasis Output Power Range of PRE-L Module Amplifier MAL Regulation
4-81 4-74 4-78
4-73
RBA and RBA-10G-E Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB RBA Module Nominal Output Power
4-82 4-83
4-82
RBA-10G-E Module Nominal Output Power BBA Module Nominal Output Power
4-83
BBA and BBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB BBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power Amplifier Line Direction Settings
4-87 4-88 4-88 4-89 4-90 4-90 4-83 4-85
4-83
Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (No FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (IB-FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC)
10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Full Channel Count Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Line Amplification Sites Output Power Range of PRE-L Module Amplifier MAL Regulation
4-99 4-94

4-91
RBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB RBA Module Nominal Output Power BBA Module Nominal Output Power Amplifier Line Direction Settings
4-102
4-101
BBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB
4-102 4-104
4-102
Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List

4-106
10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (No FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (IB-FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC)
4-107 4-107 4-108 4-109 4-109 4-110
10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Full Channel Count Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites Output Power Range of PRE-L Module Amplifier MAL Regulation
4-123 4-113 4-120
East-to-West Inserted Channels Strength Specification
xix
Tables
Table 4-79 Table 4-80 Table 4-81 Table 4-82 Table 4-83 Table 4-84 Table 4-85 Table 4-86 Table 4-87 Table 4-88 Table 4-89 Table 4-90 Table 4-91 Table 4-92 Table 4-93 Table 4-94 Table 4-95 Table 4-96 Table 4-97 Table 4-98 Table 4-99 Table 4-100 Table 4-101 Table 4-102 Table 4-103 Table 5-1 Table 5-2 Table 5-3 Table 5-4 Table 5-5 Table 5-6 Table 5-7 Table 5-8 Table 5-9
Power Class Regulation of RBA-10G-E Modules in 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites Power Regulation of ADA Modules in 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites RBA-10G-E Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB RBA Module Nominal Output Power
4-127 4-127 4-128 4-127 4-126
4-125
RBA-10G-E Module Nominal Output Power BBA Module Nominal Output Power Amplifier Line Direction Settings
4-128
BBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List
4-131 4-132 4-132 4-133 4-129
10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (No FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (IB-FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC)
10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Full Channel Count Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Regeneration Sites Multiplexer Output Power Pass-or-Fail Criteria Channel Equalization and Pre-emphasis Amplifier MAL Regulation
4-144 4-138 4-141 4-136 4-135
4-134 4-134
Terminal Site Output Power Range of PRE-L Module
RBA and RBA-10G-E Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB RBA Module Nominal Output Power
4-145 4-146
4-145
RBA-10G-E Module Nominal Output Power BBA Module Nominal Output Power
4-146
BBA and BBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB BBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power
4-146 5-4 5-5
4-146
Demultiplexer Optical Output Power Criteria for 2.5-Gbps Channels OSNR Pass or Fail Criteria
5-10
Power Class Regulation for Receive Site Amplifiers (BBA-10G and RBA-10G)
PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
5-14 5-23 5-28
PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing 5-29 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
5-34
PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing 5-35
xx
78-13121-03
Tables
Table 5-10 Table 5-11 Table 5-12 Table 5-13 Table 5-14 Table 5-15 Table 5-16 Table 5-17 Table 5-18 Table 5-19 Table 5-20 Table 5-21 Table 5-22 Table 5-23 Table 5-24 Table 6-1 Table 6-2
PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
5-38 5-41
PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing 5-42 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites OSNR Pass or Fail Criteria
5-59 5-63 5-72 5-77 5-54
PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing 5-79 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
5-83
PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing 5-84 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
5-88 5-91
PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing 5-93 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites Output Power Range of TPA-R Module Output Power Range of TPA-R Module
6-3 6-11 5-105
xxi
Tables
xxii
78-13121-03
Preface
This section provides the following information:

Safety SummarySafety precautions and safety labeling for the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system ConventionsWriting conventions used throughout the documentation InfoSet Documentation InfoSet StructureDescription of the documents contained in the InfoSet Obtaining DocumentationInformation on how to obtain product documentation Obtaining Technical AssistanceInformation on how to obtain technical assistance
Safety Summary
This section covers safety considerations to ensure safe operation of the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system. Personnel should not perform any procedures in this manual unless they understand all safety precautions, practices, and warnings for the system equipment.
General Safety Precautions

The following general safety precautions are not related to any specific procedures and do not appear elsewhere in this publication. These are recommended precautions that personnel must understand and apply during installation, testing, and use of the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system.

Know and understand electrical safety, wiring, and connection practices. Be familiar with modern methods of resuscitation. This information can be obtained from the Red Cross or its local equivalent. This knowledge is imperative for personnel working with or near equipment with voltage levels capable of causing injury or death.
Electrical Safety Precautions

The following electrical safety precautions, procedures, and rules are required when working on the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system:

The Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system must be connected to a power supply that never exceeds voltage limits. The Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system power must be supplied by a power supply system with reinforced insulation.
xxiii
Preface Safety Summary
The Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system must be installed and used in a controlled access location. Access must be limited to service personnel and users that have been instructed about the reasons for the controlled access and any precautions that must be taken. Touching electrical connectors or other exposed electrical circuitry inside the system subracks can cause injury to personnel. All doors must be closed and locked when the equipment is switched ON. A disconnection device (fuse) must be present on the power supply line. The power supply line fuse must be removed before wiring. The power supply line fuse must be removed before disconnecting the earth ground for maintenance or installation purposes. Do not touch anything inside the subrack or introduce anything into the subrack (except modules) when it is turned ON. If module removal is necessary, replace the empty slot with a blank panel immediately. All Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system electrical interfaces are intended to be connected to local devices, that is, devices in the same room or in the same building as the ONS 15800/15801 system (not in unprotected environments).
Optical Safety Precautions

The following optical safety precautions, procedures, and rules are required when working on the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system:

Terminate all fiber outputs properly before connecting fiber inputs. Disconnect the fiber input connector before disconnecting the fiber output connector. Ensure that the fiber output is safely terminated before reconnecting the fiber input. Handle glass fiber with care. It is subject to breakage if mishandled. Permanent equipment damage can result from using broken fiber. Protect skin from exposed glass fiber. It can penetrate the skin. Limit personnel having access to light-wave transmission systems. These personnel are to be authorized and properly trained if access to laser emission is required. Limit the use of laser test equipment to authorized, trained personnel during installation and service. This precaution includes using the optical loss test set and the optical time domain reflectometer equipment. Exclude all unauthorized personnel from the immediate laser radiation area during service and installation when there is a possibility that the system may become energized. Consider the immediate service area to be a temporary laser-controlled area. Cisco laser equipment functions in the 1550-nm window, which is considered invisible radiation. Personnel cannot see the laser light being emitted by a fiber, a pigtail, or a bulkhead connector. Use appropriate eye protection during fiber optic system installation or maintenance whenever there is potential for laser exposure, as recommended by health and safety procedures. Observe this precaution, appropriate to the class of equipment, whether warning labels have or have not been posted. Eye protection must meet a wavelength specification of 800 to 1800 nm and have an optical density greater than two. Protective glasses such as the Laser-Gard Green CO2 (LGE Spectacle, LGS Goggle, LGW wraparound, or LGF Full-View) or an equivalent type of covering equipment is recommended.
xxiv
78-13121-03
Laser Safety Features

When a fiber break or cut occurs in the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system, the automatic laser shutdown feature activates. An optical safety circuit reduces optical power to a safer level in the direction toward the fiber break. This optical power is reduced to a Class I hazard within one second of break detection. At the Class I level, the system is considered safe. Once the system reaches the output power shutdown condition triggered by the automatic laser shutdown, the optical system signal can be manually restarted.
Caution
When restarting the system manually, such as after an automatic laser shutdown, avoid using an optical power level capable of causing any potential hazard until the line disruption has been eliminated. The output power must be maintained under the Class IIIa upper limit. A software code is required to turn on the laser in the manual startup procedure. In accordance with safety rules, a dialog box like the one in Figure 1 appears with warning messages about laser radiation.
Figure 1 Cisco ONS 15800/15801 System Startup Warning
COMMAND EXECUTION WILL ACTIVATE LASER RADIATION AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM Execute Cancel
When the system is manually restarted after broken fiber is repaired:

The manual startup turns the units on in a reduced class (I or IIIa). The safety override operates at a reduced power level for installation and maintenance. Optical power increases to the maximum only if the line continuity is verified from the system interlocking procedure.
Protections against accidental exposure to dangerous optical radiation during the startup procedure include:

The required startup software code The interlocks provided by optical connectors The automatic laser shutdown feature Proper training for personnel with access to restricted locations
64278
xxv
ESD Precautions
Some Cisco ONS 15800/15801 components are classified as Class 0 ESD-sensitive devices. Follow these rules when handling ESD-sensitive devices:

Assume that all solid-state electronic devices are ESD-sensitive. Use a grounded wrist strap (or equivalent equipment) while working with ESD-sensitive devices. Transport, store, and handle ESD-sensitive devices in static-safe environments.
Safety Symbols and Labels

Cisco ONS 15800/15801 equipment is clearly labeled with warnings about the equipment radiation level. All warning labels must be read and understood by personnel before working with the equipment. Cisco ONS 15800/15801 systems transmitting 10-Gbps channels operate with higher optical power than systems transmitting 2.5-Gbps channels. The warning labels differ for these transmission speeds and power levels.
Area Warning Sign

Signs explaining the existence of a potential laser hazard should be posted prominently at the entrance to the service area and in the vicinity of the installation area where laser-furnished fiber optic equipment is installed, in accordance with IEC 60825. Since the service area is a temporary laser-controlled area, these signs should signal that access is limited to authorized personnel. A sample sign is illustrated in Figure 2. The symbol for a laser hazard is to be prominently displayed at the top of this sign.
Figure 2 Sample Laser-Controlled Area Warning Sign
xxvi
64283
Controlled Laser Area Access by unauthorized staff is not permitted. Protective eyeglasses must be worn in this area.
78-13121-03
Electrical Safety Labels

The Cisco ONS 15800/15801 equipment is labeled with hazard symbols to alert personnel to electrical hazards. Additionally, the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 equipment is labeled with attention symbols to alert personnel to potential hazards. The electrical energy hazard symbol alerts personnel to electrical hazards within the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system equipment. The potential for electrical hazards exists when equipment doors are open, when power supply cables are disconnected, and when a module is removed and replaced. The electrical energy hazard symbol is illustrated in Figure 3.
Figure 3 Electrical Energy Hazard Symbol
The attention symbol label alerts personnel to exercise caution while working on the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system. The attention symbol is illustrated in Figure 4.
Figure 4 Attention Symbol
Front and Back Door Safety Labels

The doors of the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system subracks are labeled with laser radiation warnings. The front and back doors of subracks have danger labels similar to the ones shown in Figures 5 and 6.
Figure 5 Danger Label on Front and Back Doors of Cisco ONS 15800 Subracks
64288
64287
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM Maximum output power 50 mW Wavelength range 1280-1605 nm CLASS IIIb LASER PRODUCT
Avoid exposure - invisible laser radiation is emitted from optical connectors This product conforms to all applicable standards under 21 CFR 1040.10 WARNING FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS OF TECHNICAL MANUAL DO NOT DISCONNECT OUTPUT WHEN LASER IS ON
xxvii
Figure 6
Danger Label on Front and Back Doors of Cisco ONS 15801 Subracks
Subrack Safety Labels

The backplanes of the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 subracks are also labeled to warn against exposure to laser radiation. The backplanes have danger labels similar to the ones shown in Figures 7 and 8.
Figure 7 ONS 15800 System Backplane Safety Label
Avoid exposure - invisible laser radiation is emitted from optical connectors This product conforms to all applicable standards under 21 CFR 1040.10
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM Maximum output power 50 mW Wavelength range 1280-1605 nm CLASS IIIb LASER PRODUCT
Figure 8
ONS 15801 System Backplane Safety Label

INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS HAZARD LEVEL 3A
Maximum output power 50 mW - Wavelength range 1460-1605 nm This product has been labeled in accordance with IEC publication 60825-2 1995
WARNING
64286
DO NOT DISCONNECT OUTPUT WHEN LASER IS ON DO NOT SWITCH ON LASER UNLESS OUTPUT IS CONNECTED
xxviii
64276
WARNING FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS OF TECHNICAL MANUAL DO NOT DISCONNECT OUTPUT WHEN LASER IS ON DO NOT SWITCH ON LASER UNLESS OUTPUT IS CONNECTED
64285
78-13121-03
The label illustrated in Figure 9 is placed on the backplane near ports with a laser radiation hazard.
Figure 9 Backplane Aperture Laser Safety Label
AVOID EXPOSURE
64277
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION EMITTED FROM THIS APERTURE
Module Safety Labels

The Cisco ONS 15800/15801 modules are individually labeled with safety warnings. The labels differ according to the following factors:

Type of hazard (such as laser radiation) Module wavelength range Laser class (if applicable) Applicable safety standard citation Module maximum output power
xxix
Preface Conventions
Conventions
This publication uses the following conventions: Convention boldface italic [ ] Application Commands and keywords. Command input that is supplied by the user. Keywords or arguments that appear within square brackets are optional. A choice of keywords (represented by x) appears in braces separated by vertical bars. The user must select one. The control key. For example, where hold down the Control key while pressing the D key. Ctrl + D is written. Examples of information displayed on the screen. Examples of information that the user must enter. Command parameters that must be replaced by module-specific codes.
{x|x|x}
Ctrl
screen font
boldface screen font < >
Warning
Means danger. The user is in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before working on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and optical lasers and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents.
Caution
Means reader be careful. In this situation, the user might do something that could result in equipment damage or loss of data.
Note
Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not covered in the manual.
xxx
78-13121-03
Preface Documentation InfoSet Structure
Documentation InfoSet Structure

Cisco Optical Networking System 15800 and 15801 Series DWDM Documentation InfoSet contains the following manual types:
System DescriptionsProvides an overview of operation, engineering, administration, maintenance, performance, system-level technical specifications, supervision tools, and craft terminal software associated with the system. System Technical SpecificationsSummarizes system-level and module-level technical specifications, including supervision, analog and digital alarm threshold settings, engineering specifications, and system performance. Common Platform Installation ManualsProvides procedures for installing and configuring components common to all systems. Also includes safety, unpacking and storage, equipment and site verification, power and grounding, and post-installation procedures. Installation, Setup, and Test ManualsProvides procedures for installing, setting up, and testing standard hardware and software components within a system. Also includes safety, unpacking and storage, equipment and site verification, power and grounding, and post-installation procedures. System Configuration ManualsDescriptions and detailed illustrations of standard system configurations. Module HandbooksEach handbook provides functional descriptions, technical specifications, and system relationship information for a single hardware module. Each handbook also provides installation, removal, and configuration procedures associated with the module. Message ManualProvides a reference guide for software commands and responses between software and firmware during setup, polling, and reporting on the system. Software Installation ManualsEach manual provides installation and removal information for a specific software application. Software Administrator ManualsEach manual describes the operation, security implementation, and management of a software product at a system administrator access level.
xxxi
Preface Obtaining Documentation
Obtaining Documentation
The following sections provide sources for obtaining documentation from Cisco Systems.
World Wide Web

You can access the most current Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at the following sites:

http://www.cisco.com http://www-china.cisco.com http://www-europe.cisco.com
Ordering Documentation
Cisco Optical Networking System documentation is available in a CD-ROM package that is available in the following ways:
Registered Cisco Direct Customers can order Cisco Product documentation from the Networking Products MarketPlace: http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/order/order_root.pl Registered Cisco.com users can order the Documentation CD-ROM through the online Subscription Store: http://www.cisco.com/go/subscription Nonregistered Cisco.com users can order documentation through a local account representative by calling Cisco corporate headquarters (California, USA) at 408 526-7208 or, in North America, by calling 800 553-NETS(6387).
Documentation Feedback
If you are reading Cisco product documentation on the World Wide Web, you can submit technical comments electronically. Click Feedback in the toolbar and select Documentation. After you complete the form, click Submit to send it to Cisco. You can e-mail your comments to bug-doc@cisco.com. We appreciate your comments.
xxxii
78-13121-03
Preface Obtaining Technical Assistance
Obtaining Technical Assistance

Cisco provides Cisco.com as a starting point for all technical assistance. Customers and partners can obtain documentation, troubleshooting tips, and sample configurations from online tools. For Cisco.com registered users, additional troubleshooting tools are available from the TAC website.
Cisco.com
Cisco.com is the foundation of a suite of interactive, networked services that provides immediate, open access to Cisco information and resources at anytime, from anywhere in the world. This highly integrated Internet application is a powerful, easy-to-use tool for doing business with Cisco. Cisco.com provides a broad range of features and services to help customers and partners streamline business processes and improve productivity. Through Cisco.com, you can find information about Cisco and our networking solutions, services, and programs. In addition, you can resolve technical issues with online technical support, download and test software packages, and order Cisco learning materials and merchandise. Valuable online skill assessment, training, and certification programs are also available. Customers and partners can self-register on Cisco.com to obtain additional personalized information and services. Registered users can order products, check on the status of an order, access technical support, and view benefits specific to their relationships with Cisco. To access Cisco.com, go to the following website: http://www.cisco.com To register for Cisco.com, go to the following website: http://www.cisco.com/register/
Technical Assistance Center

The Cisco Technical assistance Center (TAC) website is available to all customers who need technical assistance with a Cisco product or technology that is under warranty or covered by a maintenance contract. Technical assistance and customer service for Cisco ONG products are available from these sources:

Optical Networking Group (ONG) TAC in the United States: 1-877-323-7368 Europe, Middle East, and Asia (EMEA) ONG TAC: +32 2704 5601 Customer Service in the United States and Canada: 1-800-553-NETS (1-800-553-6387) Customer Service in all other countries: 1-408-526-7208 Customer Service global e-mail: cs-rep@cisco.com
xxxiii
Preface Obtaining Technical Assistance
Contacting TAC by Telephone

If you have a priority level 1 (P1) or priority level 2 (P2) problem, contact TAC by telephone and immediately open a case. P1 and P2 level problems are defined as follows:

P1Production network is down, causing a critical impact to business operations if service is not restored quickly. No workaround is available. P2Production network is severely degraded, affecting significant aspects of business operations. No workaround is available.
Contacting TAC Using the Cisco TAC Website

Use the Cisco TAC website to find answers to priority level 3 (P3) or priority level 4 (P4) problems: http://www.cisco.com/tac P3 and P4 level problems are defined as follows:

P3Network performance is degraded. Network functionality is noticeably impaired, but most business operations continue. P4Information or assistance about Cisco product capabilities, product installation, or basic product configuration is needed.
If the technical issue cannot be resolved by using the TAC online resources, Cisco.com registered users can open a case online by using the TAC Case Open tool at the following website: http://www.cisco.com/tac/caseopen
xxxiv
78-13121-03
C H A P T E R
Introduction
This chapter provides general scope and assistance information for the installation, setup, and test of the Cisco ONS 15801, a dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) optical amplifier system.
Purpose of This Publication

This publication provides general and specific installation, setup, and testing procedures for Cisco ONS 15801 system terminal sites, optical line amplification (OLA) sites, optical add/drop multiplexing (OADM) sites, and regeneration sites. Information in this publication is based on standard Cisco ONS 15801 system configurations.
Note
All Critical Safety Requirements and the Safety Summary section must be read and understood by all personnel who work on the Cisco ONS 15801 system. This publication is intended for use by the following:

Installation technicians Maintenance technicians Repair technicians
Manual Structure
The Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual is divided into six chapters:

IntroductionGives the purpose of this publication, its structure, standards referred to in the publication, and where to get help from Cisco Optical Networking Group (ONG). PreinstallationCovers site preparation and installation guidelines. Site InstallationCovers site installation procedures specific to each site type. Site Setup and TestGives detailed procedures for setting-up and testing each site type. Site-to-Site TestingGives detailed testing procedures for establishing and testing signal communication between sites. Site UninstallGives detailed procedures for uninstalling system sites.
1-1
Chapter 1 References
Introduction
During installation and testing, refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for directions to configure amplifier modules. After a site has been installed and tested, refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System to configure the network element (NE) software.
References
The Cisco ONS 15801 system design, construction, and performance adhere to the standards in the Applicable Standards section. Additional Cisco ONS 15801 system references are listed in the Additional Cisco ONS 15801 System Information section. Standards related to wavelength division multiplexing, but not cited in this manual, are listed in the Related Standards References About Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing section.
Applicable Standards
This manual refers to the following standards:

CE Mark EIA/TIA-232 IEC 60825-X IEC 60950
Additional Cisco ONS 15801 System Information

The following manuals provide more information about the Cisco ONS 15801 system:

Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Description Manual Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Technical Specifications Manual Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual Cisco ONS 15801 system module handbooks Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System
Related Standards References About Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing

The following standards relate to DWDM and the Cisco ONS 15801 system but are not directly cited in this manual:

BT HRD4 EN 55022 EN 60825-X, CEI (IEC)-ITA EN 61000-4-2.6 ETR 126
1-2
78-13121-03
Chapter 1
Introduction References
ETS 300 019 ETS 300 1191-4 ETS 300 132 ETS 300 232 ETS 300 253 ETS 300 386 ETS 300 462-3 ETS 300 493 ETS 300 671 ETS 300 672 ETS 300 746 ETS 300 781 FCC Part 15, Subpart A FDA-CFR Part 21, Subpart 1040.10 GR-1209-CORE GR-1377-CORE GR-253-CORE GR-2882-CORE GR-2883-CORE GR-2918-CORE GR-3112-CORE GR-326-CORE GR-947-CORE IEC 60478-X IEC 60825-X IEC 60874 IEC 61204 IEC 61280-2-4 IEC 61280-2-5 IEC 61290 IEC 61291 IEC 61292 IEC 61300-X-X ITU-T G.652 ITU-T G.653 ITU-T G.654 ITU-T G.655 ITU-T G.661
1-3
Chapter 1 Publication History
Introduction
ITU-T G.662 ITU-T G.663 ITU-T G.664 ITU-T G.671 ITU-T G.681 ITU-T G.691 ITU-T G.692 ITU-T G.707 ITU-T G.784 ITU-T G.803 ITU-T G.805 ITU-T G.821 ITU-T G.823 ITU-T G.824 ITU-T G.825 ITU-T G.826 ITU-T G.827 ITU-T G.841 ITU-T G.842 ITU-T G.957 ITU-T G.958 ITU-T G.975 ITU-T M.3010 ITU-T M.3100 ITU-T V11 ITU-T X21 ITU-T-SG13-Opt-Arch TS 101 009 TS 101 010
Publication History
Vertical change bars in the outside margins of affected pages identify changes. When the publication is reissued, changes are incorporated and no change bars are shown. (Re)Issue or Rev Des 01 Date February 2002 Reason Original issue
1-4
78-13121-03
C H A P T E R
Preinstallation
This chapter covers procedures to ensure correct verification, handling, and site preparation for the Cisco ONS 15801 system site installation. All detailed preinstallation procedures are covered in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual. More information about technical specifications for the Cisco ONS 15801 system equipment is located in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Technical Specifications Manual.
Equipment Verification
Once the Cisco ONS 15801 equipment has been received at the installation site, the correctness of the shipment should be verified immediately. The equipment can be verified by checking the information from the two labels on the outside of each shipping container. Detailed diagrams of the shipping labels are located in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.
Equipment Handling
The Cisco ONS 15801 system equipment is shipped in large containers. The largest components are the bays where subracks are to be mounted. Use the following precautions to prevent damage:

Lift containers by the rope handles at each end of the container. Wear gloves when lifting containers by the rope handles. Never use a forklift to handle a rack container. Never stack more than two rack containers.
Make sure rack containers are stacked squarely on top of each other.
Unpacking Modules
Use the following procedure when unpacking Cisco ONS 15801 modules.
Caution
When opening a module container, use caution to avoid damaging the contents.
2-1
Chapter 2 Guidelines
Preinstallation
Caution
Static electricity can damage electro-optical equipment. While unpacking and handling optical and electrical modules, wear a properly grounded grounding wrist strap to discharge the static buildup. Each subrack is equipped with grounding wrist strap connectors. Before unpacking and installing modules or making system interconnections, connect the grounding wrist strap. The grounding wrist strap is designed to prevent equipment damage caused by static electricity.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Open the container and remove the module(s) and packing material. Carefully remove the protective foam packing material from the module(s). If any SC-PC/FC-PC adapters are included in the container, remove and retain them for use during installation of the module front-panel optical fiber jumper cabling (Chapter 3, Site Installation).
Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15801 installation personnel should be thoroughly familiar with the instructions in this manual before starting any work. Use the following general order of work when installing a site:

Read all safety precautions and observe them during equipment installation. Verify Cisco ONS 15801 equipment immediately upon arrival, prior to unpacking. Store equipment as specified if it will not be installed upon arrival. Perform installation procedures common to all platforms as described in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual. Perform single-site setups as listed in Chapter 4, Site Setup and Testafter installation. Perform multiple-site setups as listed in Chapter 5, Site-to-Site Testing. Make connections using the information in Chapter 3, Site Installation and in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual. Configure software according to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.
Site Preparation
Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual for instructions to prepare the site. This section contains general preparations and planning considerations for installing Cisco ONS 15801 equipment at a site. Proper installation of the Cisco ONS 15801 system depends upon the following considerations:

Conformity to all environmental specifications in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Technical Specifications Manual. Capability of the floor or mounting area where the equipment will be installed to support the equipment weight load. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual for requirements. Conformity to necessary power requirements. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual for requirements.
2-2
78-13121-03
Chapter 2
Preinstallation Site Preparation
Capability of the site to accommodate the heat dissipation requirements. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual for requirements. Provision of minimum clearances for front, back, and top rack access. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual for requirements.
2-3
Chapter 2 Site Preparation
Preinstallation
2-4
78-13121-03
C H A P T E R
Site Installation
Note
The instructions in this chapter primarily address the installation of the Cisco ONS 15801 bays supplied by Cisco. Installation of electrical wiring, raceways, and other equipment not covered in this manual should follow all local, state, and federal codes and regulations. The procedures in this chapter apply to Cisco ONS 15801 common platforms that are preinstalled in bays. For instructions for installing an Cisco ONS 15801 system common platform, refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual. Table 3-1 lists the Cisco ONS 15801 system module names and acronyms.
Table 3-1 Module Name and Acronym List
Module Name 4-way Wavelength MultiplexerShaped high channels module 4-way Wavelength MultiplexerShaped low channels module 8-way Wavelength CombinerFlat module 8-channel Wavelength DemultiplexerBlue band module 8-way Wavelength MultiplexerFlat module 24-channel Wavelength DemultiplexerLow lossRed band module 24-channel Wavelength DemultiplexerRed band module Add/Drop Amplifier module Battery Management module Battery Management BATMOD 1 Battery Management BATMOD 2 Battery Management frame Battery Management module subunit Blue-band Booster Amplifier module Blue-band Booster Amplifier10 Gbps module Control and Monitoring Processor module Control and Monitoring Processor2 Ethernet module Dispersion Compensating UnitBlue band module
Acronym 4WM-SH 4WM-SL 8WC-F 8WD-B 8WM-F 24WD-LLR 24WD-R ADA BAT BAT1 BAT2 BATFRM BATMOD BBA BBA-10G CMP-W CMP-W-2E DCU-B
3-1
Chapter 3
Site Installation
Table 3-1
Module Name and Acronym List (continued)
Module Name Dispersion Compensating UnitRed band module External Orderwire Interface module Input/Output Card module Line Extender Module10-GbpsForward Error Correction Line Extender Module10 GbpsB1 Monitoring Line Extender Module10 GbpsB1 Monitoring Line Extender Module10 GbpsHigh Output Power Line Extender Module10 GbpsHigh Output PowerB1 Monitoring Line Extender Module622 MbpsNormal Line Extender ModuleExternally Modulated Line Extender ModuleExternally ModulatedForward Error Correction Line Extender ModuleExternally ModulatedB1 Monitoring Line Extender ModuleExternally ModulatedNormal Line Service Modem module Optical Add/Drop MultiplexerPassive4 channels (09, 11, 13, 15) module Optical Add/Drop MultiplexerPassive4 channels (17, 19, 21, 23) module Optical Service ChannelPass-through module Optical SubrackDispersion Compensation Unit Optical SubrackMultiplexer Optical Switch Unit module Pre-Line Amplifier module Red-band Booster Amplifier module Red-band Booster Amplifier10 Gbps module Red-band Booster Amplifier10 GbpsETSI module Receive Transponder10 Gbps module Receive Transponder10 GbpsForward Error Correction module Receive Transponder10 GbpsB1 Monitoring module Receive Transponder10 Gbps High Output PowerB1 Monitoring module Receive Transponder622 Mb/sNormal module Receive TransponderDirectly Modulated module Receive TransponderDirectly ModulatedForward Error Correction module Receive TransponderDirectly Modulated Long HaulB1 Monitoring module Receive TransponderDirectly ModulatedB1 Monitoring module Receive TransponderDirectly ModulatedNormal module Receiver TransponderExternally ModulatedB1 monitoring module Subrack Common Functions module
Acronym DCU-R EOI-W IOC-W LEM-10G-Fxx LEM-10G-M LEM-10G-Mxx LEM-10H LEM-10H-Mxx LEM-622-Nxx LEM-EM LEM-EM-Fxx LEM-EM-Mxx LEM-EM-Nxx LSM-W OADM-P4-R1 OADM-P4-R3 OSC-PT-W OSR-DCU OSR-MUX OSU-W PRE-L RBA RBA-10G RBA-10G-E RXT-10G RXT-10G-F RXT-10G-M RXT-10H-M RXT-622-N RXT-DM RXT-DM-F RXT-DMLH-M RXT-DM-M RXT-DM-N RXT-EM-M SCF-W
3-2
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Site Installation General Installation Information
Table 3-1
Module Name and Acronym List (continued)
Module Name Transmit Power AmplifierBlue band module Transmit Power AmplifierRed band module Wavelength Converter Module10 Gbps Wavelength Converter Module10 GbpsForward Error Correction Wavelength Converter Module10 GbpsB1 Monitoring Wavelength Converter Module10 Gbps High Output Power Wavelength Converter Module10 Gbps High Output PowerB1 Monitoring Wavelength Converter Module622 Mb/sNormal Wavelength Converter ModuleExternally Modulated Wavelength Converter ModuleExternally ModulatedForward Error Correction Wavelength Converter ModuleExternally ModulatedForward Error Correction Wavelength Converter ModuleExternally ModulatedB1 Monitoring
Acronym TPA-B TPA-R WCM-10G WCM-10G-Fxx WCM-10G-Mxx WCM-10H WCM-10H-Mxx WCM-622-Nxx WCM-EM WCM-EM-F WCM-EM-Fxx WCM-EM-Mxx
General Installation Information

Before carrying out the procedures in this chapter, preinstallation procedures in Chapter 2, Preinstallation, and in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual should be carried out.
Common Platform Installation Information

Common platform installation information can be found in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.
Standard System Installation Information

The site configurations for the Cisco ONS 15801 system are located in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual. Module installation and optical cabling in this manual are standard for the system.
General Installation Instructions

This section provides the general installation instructions for the Cisco ONS 15801 system modules and optical cabling.
3-3
Chapter 3 General Installation Instructions
Site Installation
General Module Installation Instructions

Before modules are installed, information about each module should be recorded on a Module Information Sheet. Use this general procedure for installing modules in slots 1-14.
Warning
During initial installation, turn off power when installing modules. A shelf is energized with -48 VDC power when either of the BATMOD units is installed and switched ON. Touching electrical connectors or other exposed electrical circuitry inside the shelf when it is turned on can cause injury.
Caution
While unpacking and handling optical or electrical modules, wear a grounded wrist strap. Attach the strap to a grounding source to discharge the static buildup. Each Cisco ONS 15801 system shelf is equipped with a grounding wrist strap connector. Grounding wrist straps are designed to prevent static electricity damage to equipment.
Caution
Static electricity can damage electro-optical modules. Leave modules inside electrostatic shipping bags when they will not be installed immediately.
Caution
Prevent contamination of optical connectors and adapters by installing a module immediately after the protective caps inside a slot are removed.
Caution
E-2000 connectors must be positioned properly before a module is installed. Failure to heed this caution can result in damage to bulkhead adapters in the subrack or to connectors on the module.
Note
These procedures cover the installation of modules in the OSR-W subrack slots 1-14 only.
Note
Install modules one at a time, from the left to right. Standard shelf configurations that indicate the location of modules in the various sites are shown in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual. Double-check the location of modules in each site. Modules must be installed in their proper locations for a site to work properly.
Note
All backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections must be connected before the installation of the site modules. The steps in this module installation procedure apply to a single module. Repeat these steps to install each module in a shelf.
Step 1
Use needle-nose pliers to remove the six protective caps covering the optical adapters inside the subrack slot where the module is to be installed.
3-4
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Site Installation General Installation Instructions
Step 2
If the module to be installed has E-2000 connector(s) on the backplane, follow this procedure:
a.
Compare the position of the module E-2000 connector(s) to the connectors in Figure 3-1.
E-2000 Module Connectors
Figure 3-1
Module limits
Cover
Right position
Wrong position
b.
If an E-2000 connector is out of position, carefully reposition the connector. When a connector is correctly positioned, it has a limited amount of play between stops when the connector is gently moved back and forth.
Caution
Ensure that the pins on the backs of modules do not bend when using module ejector handles for seating. If the module does not fit perfectly, do not force it into the subrack. Look for the obstruction to the module path and clear it. Failure to heed this caution will cause damage to the module.
Note
Be sure the top and bottom module ejector handles are pulled out before placing the module into the guides. Otherwise, the module will not connect properly with the backplane.
69022
3-5
Chapter 3 General Installation Instructions
Site Installation
Step 3
Verify that the module is in the correct position by checking that the logo on the module is readable from the front of the bay. Place the top-rear edge of the module into the top guide of the proper slot in the shelf. Tilt the lower-rear edge into the lower guide of the slot. Slowly slide the module about three-quarters of the way into the slot; then pull the module ejector handles outward. Push the module in and use the ejector handles to seat it in the slot. Make sure the backplane connectors mate properly.
Caution
To avoid cross-threading, align module screws with the mounting holes before installing them. To prevent stripping the threads, do not overtighten mounting screws. Hand-tighten both of the mounting screws on the module securely. Install a C06-W blanking plate on any unoccupied slot. Repeat this procedure to install each module in a shelf.
General Optical Cabling Procedures

The backplane optical cabling procedure is given in the Backplane Optical Cabling section. The front-panel optical cabling procedure is given in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section.
Warning
Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.
Note
If a site requires optical cabling during installation, the appropriate optical cable kits are included in the shipping container. The following tools and supplies are required for the optical cabling procedures:

Optical cable kits packed in the bay shipping container(s) Optical connector cleaning kit (Refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service or Technical Assistance Center [TAC].) E-2000 optical connector handling adapter
Backplane Optical Cabling

Use this procedure to install optical cabling connectors on the subrack backplane.
Warning
Caution
Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.
3-6
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Site Installation General Installation Instructions
Note
This procedure is performed from the back of the shelf.
Step 1
Remove the back cover from the rear of the Optical Subrack (OSR-WE).
Note
E-2000 connectors are installed in the back of the Cisco ONS 15801 shelves. SSC connectors are installed on the multiplexer modules. Determine the best route for the optical cables. Use the openings at the top and bottom of each shelf to route the cables from shelf to shelf.
Step 2
Note
E-2000 connectors are inspected and cleaned prior to shipment and should not require cleaning before being placed into service. However, after repeated matings or when degraded performance occurs, it may be necessary to clean the individual ferrules and mating sleeves. Clean and inspect optical connectors and adapters as described in your company's recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service. To install an E-2000 connector, insert the end of the connector into the adapter and push until the connector seats. After all cables have been installed, reinstall the back covers on the subracks.
Step 3 Step 4
Front Panel Optical Cabling

Use this procedure to install front-panel cabling.
Step 1
Open or remove shelf front covers.
Note
Clean and inspect optical connectors and adapters as described in your company's recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco TAC. Route an optical cable to the proper connection points, shelf-to-shelf through cabling openings, ducts, and holders. Remove the protective cover from an optical cable connector. Clean and inspect the connector. Remove the protective cover from an SC or FC fiber-optic adapter. Clean and inspect the SC or FC adapter. Install the SC adapter on the end of the cable. Be sure that the key on the cable connector meets the cutout in the adapter screw threads. Lift the spring-loaded module connector cover at the proper connection location and insert the adapter-equipped connector into it. Be sure that the slot in the adapter is on the right side. Repeat this procedure for each front-panel optical cable connector.
Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8
3-7
Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation
Site Installation
Step 9 Step 10
Reinstall all cable duct covers. Reinstall shelf front covers and reattach the ground wire connections to the covers.
Order of Installation
An Cisco ONS 15801 system site must be installed in the following order to prevent system malfunctions:

Optical fiber jumper cable backplane connections System modules Optical fiber jumper cable front-panel connections
2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps terminal site configurations.
Backplane Optical Connections

This section provides the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps terminal site configurations.
24-Channel Red Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules

Warning
Caution
Note
A 2.5-Gbps 24-channel red band terminal site without RXT modules can only be configured with WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules.
Note
When delivered, all terminal sites are cabled as east terminal sites. To enable the site to function as a west terminal site, LSM-W module backplane cabling must be modified.
3-8
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation
To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 24-channel red band terminal sites without RXT modules use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2 24-Channel Red Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules
From Shelf 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 3 Module PRE-L PRE-L Connector OPT3-16 OPT3-24 Receive Direction
To Shelf 1.1 1.1 Slot 46 1112 Module 24WD-R LSM-W Connector OPT4-16 East-West OPT11-2 West-East OPT11-16
Transmit Direction 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 NA WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 4WM-SL OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OUT 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.1 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SH 4WM-SH 4WM-SH 4WM-SH 8WC-F IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN1
3-9
Site Installation
Table 3-2
24-Channel Red Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules (continued)
From Shelf 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.1 1.1 Slot NA NA NA NA 1112 Module 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SH 8WC-F LSM-W Connector OUT OUT OUT OUT East-West OPT11-20 West-East OPT11-6
To Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot NA NA NA 1 1 Module 8WC-F 8WC-F 8WC-F TPA-R TPA-R Connector IN2 IN3 IN4 OPT1-16 OPT1-24
Warning
Caution
Note
A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal site with RXT modules can be configured with RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules, RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules, or RXT-622-N and WCM-622-N transponder modules.
Note
Note
Links that have span section losses greater than 28 dB need a BBA-10G installed between the PRE-L module and the 8WD-B module. Refer to the 10-Gbps installation procedures. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal sites with RXT modules use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-3.
3-10
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Table 3-3
From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 3 3 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L Connector OPT3-16 OPT3-20 OPT3-24 Receive Direction
To Shelf 1.1 3.2 1.1 Slot 46 45 1112 Module 24WD-R 8WD-B LSM-W Connector OPT4-16 OPT4-16 East-West OPT13-2 West-East OPT13-16
Transmit Direction 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7
3-11
Site Installation
Table 3-3
32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules (continued)
From Shelf 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.2 1.2 1.2 2.2 2.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 9 10 11 12 13 NA NA NA NA NA NA 2 1112 Module WCM 28 WCM-29 WCM-30 WCM-31 WCM-32 8WM-F 4WM-SL 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SH 8WC-F TPA-B LSM-W Connector OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OPT2-20 East-West OPT11-20 West-East OPT11-6
To Shelf 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot NA NA NA NA NA 2 NA NA NA NA 1 1 1 Module 8WM-F 4WM-SH 4WM-SH 4WM-SH 4WM-SH TPA-B 8WC-F 8WC-F 8WC-F 8WC-F TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R Connector IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OPT2-16 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24
Module Installation Instructions

This section provides the module installation instructions for 2.5-Gbps terminal site configurations.

Note
A 2.5-Gbps 24-channel terminal site without RXT modules can only be configured with WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules. To install the modules in 2.5-Gbps 24-channel red band terminal sites without RXT modules use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual.
Note
3-12
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
To install the modules in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal sites with RXT modules use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual.
Front-Panel Optical Connections

This section provides the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps terminal site configurations.

Warning
Note
A 2.5-Gbps 24-channel red band terminal site without RXT modules can only be configured with WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 24-channel red band terminal sites without RXT modules use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-4.
Table 3-4 24-Channel Red Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules
From Shelf Receive 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 Slot Module Connector Receive Direction
To Shelf 1.1 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE Slot 3 Module PRE-L Connector IN
3-13
Site Installation
Table 3-4
From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 Module 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R Connector OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32
To Shelf OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L Slot Module Connector
Transmit Direction SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm
3-14
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Table 3-4
From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 1 TPA-R OUT
To Shelf 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 Transmit Slot 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Module WCM 32 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 Connector IN L IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H
Warning
Note
3-15
Site Installation
To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal sites with RXT modules use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-5.
Table 3-5 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules
From Shelf Receive 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 Slot Module Connector Receive Direction
To Shelf 1.1 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 Slot 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Module PRE-L RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 RXT 13 RXT 14 RXT 15 RXT 16 RXT 17 RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
3-16
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Table 3-5
From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 Slot 36 36 36 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Module 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 RXT 13 RXT 14 RXT 15 RXT 16 RXT 17 RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 Connector OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
To Shelf 2.3 2.3 2.3 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE Slot 11 12 13 Module RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 Connector IN IN IN
3-17
Site Installation
Table 3-5
From Shelf Slot Module Connector Transmit Direction SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm
To Shelf 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.2 3.2 Slot 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 6 7 Module WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 WCM 01 WCM 02 Connector IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H IN H
3-18
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Site Installation 2.5-Gbps 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site Installation
Table 3-5
From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 1 TPA-R OUT
To Shelf 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 Transmit Slot 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Module WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 Connector IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H
2.5-Gbps 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site Installation

This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps OLA site configurations.
3-19
Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site Installation
Site Installation

This section provides the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps 32-channel optical line amplification site (red band + blue band).
Warning
Caution
Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-6.
Table 3-6 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site (Red Band + Blue Band)
From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 1 1 1 3 1112 4 4 4 6 1112 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L BBA LSM-W PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L BBA LSM-W Connector OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OPT3-20 OPT11-20 OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OPT6-20 OPT11-6 East-to-West
To Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 2 3 1112 2 2 5 6 1112 5 5 Module RBA BBA LSM-W RBA RBA RBA BBA LSM-W RBA RBA Connector OPT2-16 OPT3-16 OPT11-2 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 OPT5-16 OPT6-16 OPT11-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-24
West-to-East

This section provides the module installation instructions for 2.5-Gbps 32-channel optical line amplification site (red band + blue band). To install the modules in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual.
3-20
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

This section provides the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions for 2.5-Gbps 32-channel optical line amplification site (red band + blue band).
Warning
To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-7.
From Shelf Receive 1.1 Receive 1.1 5 RBA OUT 2 RBA OUT West-to-East Slot Module Connector East-to-West
To Shelf 1.1 Transmit 1.1 Transmit 4 PRE-L IN Slot 1 Module PRE-L Connector IN
2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps OADM site configurations.

This section provides the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps OADM site configurations.
32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4 Channel Add/Drop

Warning
Caution
3-21
Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation
Site Installation
Note
A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added and dropped can be configured with RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules, RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules, or RXT-622-N and WCM-622-N transponder modules. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with four channels added and dropped use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-8.
Table 3-8 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4 Channel Add/Drop
From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 Slot 1 1 1 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 9 3 1112 4 4 4 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 WCM 17 WCM 19 WCM 21 WCM 23 OADM-P4 BBA LSM-W PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 WCM 17 WCM 19 WCM 21 WCM 23 Connector OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OPT1-20 OPT5-20 OPT1-20 OPT5-20 OPT1-20 OPT5-20 OPT1-20 OPT5-20 OPT9-20 OPT3-20 OPT11-20 OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OPT3-20 OPT7-20 OPT3-20 OPT7-20 OPT3-20 OPT7-20 OPT3-20 OPT7-20 East-to-West
To Shelf 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Slot 9 3 1112 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 2 2 2 11 6 1112 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 Module OADM-P4 BBA LSM-W OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 RBA RBA RBA OADM-P4 BBA LSM-W OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 Connector OPT9-16 OPT3-16 OPT11-2 OPT9-2 OPT9-6 OPT9-10 OPT9-24 OPT9-2 OPT9-6 OPT9-10 OPT9-24 OPT2-16 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 OPT11-16 OPT6-16 OPT11-16 OPT11-2 OPT11-6 OPT11-10 OPT11-24 OPT11-2 OPT11-6 OPT11-10 OPT11-24
West-to-East
3-22
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Table 3-8
32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4 Channel Add/Drop (continued)
From Shelf 1.2 1.1 1.1 Slot 11 6 1112 Module OADM-P4 BBA LSM-W Connector OPT11-20 OPT6-20 OPT11-6
To Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 5 5 5 Module RBA RBA RBA Connector OPT5-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-24

Warning
Caution
Note
A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing can be configured with RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules, RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules, or RXT-622-N and WCM-622-N transponder modules. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-9.
Table 3-9 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - Full Blue-Band Demultiplex
From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Slot 1 1 1 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L BBA WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 Connector OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OPT3-16 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 East-to-West
To Shelf 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Slot 2 3 1112 45 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Module RBA BBA LSM-W 8WD-B 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F Connector OPT2-16 OPT3-16 OPT11-2 OPT4-16 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7
3-23
Site Installation
Table 3-9
32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - Full Blue-Band Demultiplex (continued)
From Shelf 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.1 1.1 Slot 13 NA 3 1112 4 4 4 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 NA 6 1112 Module WCM 08 8WM-F TPA-B LSM-W PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L BBA WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 8WM-F TPA-B LSM-W Connector OPT13-20 OUT OPT3-20 OPT11-20 OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OPT3-16 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OUT OPT6-20 OPT11-6
To Shelf 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot NA 3 2 2 5 3 1112 45 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 6 5 5 Module 8WM-F TPA-B RBA RBA RBA BBA LSM-W 8WD-B 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F TPA-B RBA RBA Connector IN8 OPT3-16 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 OPT5-16 OPT3-16 OPT11-16 OPT4-16 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 OPT6-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-24
West-to-East

This section provides the module installation instructions for the 2.5-Gbps OADM site configurations.
32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4-Channel Add/Drop

Note
A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added and dropped can be configured with RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules, RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules, or RXT-622-N and WCM-622-N transponder modules. To install the modules in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with four channels added and dropped use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual.
3-24
78-13121-03
Chapter 3

Note
A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing can be configured with RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules, RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules, and RXT-622-N and WCM-622-N transponder modules. To install the modules in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

This section provides the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps OADM site configurations.

Warning
Note
A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added and dropped can be configured with RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules, RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules, or RXT-622-N and WCM-622 transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with four channels added and dropped use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-10.
From Shelf Receive 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 09 OUT 11 OUT 13 OUT 15 OUT 17 OUT 19 OUT 21 OUT Slot Module Connector East-to-West
To Shelf 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.3 Slot 1 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 Module PRE-L RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 RXT 17 RXT 19 RXT 21 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
3-25
Site Installation
Table 3-10 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4 Channel Add/Drop (continued)
From Shelf 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Slot 9 9 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 Module OADM-P4 OADM-P4 RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 RXT 17 RXT 19 RXT 21 RXT 23 Connector 23 OUT ADA OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
To Shelf 1.3 1.2 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 OUT 2 OUT 1.2 Transmit 1.1 11 11 11 11 11 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 09 OUT 11 OUT 13 OUT 15 OUT 17 OUT 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 4 4 8 4 8 4 PRE-L RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 RXT 17 IN IN IN IN IN IN 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 9 WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 WCM 17 WCM 19 WCM 21 WCM 23 WCM 17 WCM 19 WCM 21 WCM 23 OADM-P4 IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H IN H IN H IN H IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H IN H IN H IN H ADA IN Slot 6 13 Module RXT 23 ADA Connector IN IN2
SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm 1.2 1.1 Receive 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 13 2 ADA RBA
West-to-East
3-26
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
From Shelf 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Slot 11 11 11 11 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 Module OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 RXT 17 RXT 19 RXT 21 RXT 23 Connector 19 OUT 21 OUT 23 OUT ADA OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
To Shelf 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 OUT 1 OUT 1.2 Transmit 3 7 2 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 2 7 3 7 3 7 11 WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 WCM 17 WCM 19 WCM 21 WCM 23 WCM 17 WCM 19 WCM 21 WCM 23 OADM-P4 IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H IN H IN H IN H IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H IN H IN H IN H ADA IN Slot 8 4 8 13 Module RXT 19 RXT 21 RXT 23 ADA Connector IN IN IN IN1
SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm 1.2 1.1 13 5 ADA RBA

Warning
3-27
Site Installation
Note
A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing can be configured with RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules, RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules, or RXT-622-N and WCM-622 transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-11.
From Shelf Receive 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT Slot Module Connector East-to-West
To Shelf 1.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 6 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 01 IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H Slot 1 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Module PRE-L RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm
3-28
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Table 3-11 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - Full Blue-Band Demultiplex (continued)
From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm 1.1 Receive 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT 2 RBA OUT West-to-East
To Shelf 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Transmit 1.1 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 6 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 01 IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 PRE-L RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Module WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 Connector IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H
SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1300 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm
3-29
Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation
Site Installation
From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm SONET/SDH inputs at 1550 nm 1.1 5 RBA OUT
To Shelf 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 Transmit Slot 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Module WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 Connector IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H
2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation

This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps regeneration site configurations.

This section provides the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site.
Warning
Caution
Note
A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site can be configured with LEM-EM-Fxx, LEM-EM-Mxx, or LEM-622-N transponder modules.
Note
Links that have span section losses greater than 28 dB need a BBA-10G installed between the PRE-L module and the 8WD-B module. Refer to the 10-Gbps installation procedures. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration sites use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-12.
3-30
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation
Table 3-12 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Regeneration Site
From Shelf 2.1 2.1 2.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 Slot 3 3 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 LEM 15 LEM 16 LEM 17 LEM 18 LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 LEM 23 LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 Connector OPT3-16 OPT3-20 OPT3-24 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 East-to-West
To Shelf 2.1 3.2 1.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 Slot 46 45 1112 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Module 24WD-R 8WD-B LSM-W 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SH 4WM-SH 4WM-SH Connector OPT4-16 OPT4-16 OPT11-2 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3
3-31
Site Installation
Table 3-12 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Regeneration Site (continued)
From Shelf 2.3 3.2 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 Slot 13 NA NA NA NA NA NA 2 1112 3 3 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 Module LEM 32 8WM-F 4WM-SL 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SH 8WC-F TPA-B LSM-W PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 LEM 15 LEM 16 LEM 17 LEM 18 LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 Connector OPT13-20 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OPT2-20 OPT11-20 OPT3-16 OPT3-20 OPT3-24 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20
To Shelf 2.3 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 3.3 1.1 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 Slot NA 2 NA NA NA NA 1 1 1 46 45 1112 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Module 4WM-SH TPA-B 8WC-F 8WC-F 8WC-F 8WC-F TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R 24WD-R 8WD-B LSM-W 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F Connector IN4 OPT2-16 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OPT4-16 OPT4-16 OPT11-16 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2
West-to-East
3-32
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
From Shelf 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 3.3 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 2.1 2.1 1.1 Slot 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 NA NA NA NA NA NA 2 1112 Module LEM 23 LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 LEM 32 8WM-F 4WM-SL 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SH 8WC-F TPA-B LSM-W Connector OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OPT2-20 OPT11-6
To Shelf 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Slot NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 2 NA NA NA NA 1 1 1 Module 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SH 4WM-SH 4WM-SH 4WM-SH TPA-B 8WC-F 8WC-F 8WC-F 8WC-F TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R Connector IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OPT2-16 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24

This section provides the module installation instructions for the 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site.
Note
A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site can be configured with LEM-EM-Fxx, LEM-EM-Mxx, or LEM-622-N transponder modules. To install the modules in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration sites use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

This section provides the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site.
3-33
Site Installation
Warning
Note
A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site can be configured with LEM-EM-Fxx, LEM-EM-Mxx, or LEM-622-N transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration sites use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-13.
From Shelf Receive 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 Slot Module Connector East-to-West
To Shelf 2.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 Slot 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 Module PRE-L LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 LEM 15 LEM 16 LEM 17 LEM 18 LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 LEM 23 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
3-34
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
From Shelf 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.1 Receive 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 Slot 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 1 Module 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R TPA-R Connector OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT
To Shelf 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 Transmit 1.1 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 PRE-L LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 LEM 15 LEM 16 LEM 17 LEM 18 LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 LEM 23 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Module LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 LEM 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
West-to-East
3-35
Chapter 3 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation
Site Installation
From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.1 Slot 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 1 Module 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R TPA-R Connector OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT
To Shelf 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 Transmit Slot 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Module LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 LEM 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps terminal site configurations.

This section provides the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal site with RXT modules.
Warning
Caution
Note
A 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal site with RXT modules can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx (or WCM-10H-Mxx [red-band only]) transponder modules.
Note
3-36
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Site Installation 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation
To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal sites with RXT modules use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-14.
From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 3 3 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L Connector OPT3-16 OPT3-20 OPT3-24 Receive Direction
To Shelf 2.1 2.1 1.1 Slot 2 1 1112 Module DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W Connector IN1 IN East-West OPT13-2 West-East OPT13-16
2.1 2.1 5.1 1.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
1 2 3 7 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213
DCU-B DCU-R BBA-10G RBA-10G-E WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20
OUT OUT OPT3-20 OPT7-20 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6 OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT-6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6 OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6
5.1 1.1 5.1 1.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
3 7 45 46 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
BBA-10G RBA-10G-E 8WD-B 24WD-LLR 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F
OPT3-16 OPT7-16 OPT4-16 OPT4-16 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8
Transmit Direction
3-37
Site Installation
Table 3-14 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules (continued)
From Shelf 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 1.2 1.2 3.2 4.2 5.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 NA NA NA NA NA NA 2 1112 Module WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 4WM-SL 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SH 8WM-F 8WC-F TPA-B LSM-W Connector OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6 OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OPT2-20 East-West OPT13-20 West-East OPT13-6
To Shelf 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 2 1 1 1 Module 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SH 4WM-SH 4WM-SH 4WM-SH 8WC-F 8WC-F 8WC-F 8WC-F TPA-B TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R Connector IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OPT2-16 OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24
1. Refer to the cabling procedure in the 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Backplane Cabling Procedures-East-to-West section.

This section provides the module installation instructions for the 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal site with RXT modules.
Note
A 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal site with RXT modules can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx (or WCM-10H-Mxx [red-band only]) transponder modules.
3-38
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
To install the modules in 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal sites with RXT modules use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

This section provides the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal site with RXT modules.
Warning
Note
A 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal site with RXT modules can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx (or WCM-10H-Mxx [red-band only]) transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal sites with RXT modules use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-15.
From Shelf Receive 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 46 46 46 46 46 46 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 Slot Module Connector Receive Direction
To Shelf 1.1 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.3 5.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 Slot 3 23 45 67 89 1011 1113 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 Module PRE-L RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 RXT 13 RXT 14 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
3-39
Site Installation
From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.3 5.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 Slot 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 23 45 67 89 1011 1113 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 Module 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 RXT 13 RXT 14 RXT 15 RXT 16 RXT 17 Connector OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
To Shelf 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE Slot 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 Module RXT 15 RXT 16 RXT 17 RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
3-40
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
From Shelf 2.3 2.3 2.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 Slot 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 Module RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 Connector OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
To Shelf OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot Module Connector
Transmit Direction SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm
3-41
Site Installation
From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.3 5.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 Slot 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 23 45 67 89 1011 1113 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 Module 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 RXT 13 RXT 14 RXT 15 RXT 16 RXT 17 Connector OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
To Shelf 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE Slot 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 Module RXT 15 RXT 16 RXT 17 RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
3-42
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
From Shelf 2.3 2.3 2.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 Slot 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 Module RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 Connector OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
To Shelf OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot Module Connector
Transmit Direction SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm
3-43
Chapter 3 10-Gbps 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site Installation
Site Installation
From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 1 TPA-R OUT
To Shelf 2.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 Transmit Slot 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1113 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 Module WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
10-Gbps 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site Installation

This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps OLA site configurations.

This section provides the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps 32-channel optical line amplification site (red band + blue band).
Warning
Caution
Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-16.
3-44
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Site Installation 10-Gbps 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site Installation
From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.1 1.1 Slot 1 1 1 1 2 3 1112 4 4 4 4 5 6 1112 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B DCU-R BBA LSM-W PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B DCU-R BBA LSM-W Connector OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OUT OUT OPT3-20 OPT11-20 OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OUT OUT OPT6-20 OPT11-6 East-to-West
To Shelf 1.3 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 2 1 1112 3 2 2 2 5 4 1112 6 5 5 5 Module DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W BBA RBA RBA RBA DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W BBA RBA RBA RBA Connector IN1 IN OPT11-2 OPT3-16 OPT2-16 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 IN1 IN OPT11-16 OPT6-16 OPT5-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-24
West-to-East
10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Backplane Cabling Procedures-East-to-West

Cable as follows if a GFF-R or attenuators ARE NOT required between the PRE-L module and RBA-10G-E module:
Connect the PRE-L module OUT port (red band) to the DCU-R module IN port with an E-2000 non-attenuated patchcord.
Cable as follows if the GFF-R or attenuators ARE required:

Connect the PRE-L module OUT port (red band) OPT1-16 to the GFF-R Adapter IN connector using E-2000 non-attenuated patchcord. Connect the GFF-R Adapter OUT connector to the DCU-R IN port using the GFF-R patchcord or the properly attenuated patchcord.
Cable as follows if both the GFF-R and attenuators are required:

Step 1 Step 2
Connect the PRE-L module OUT port (red band) OPT1-16 to the first GFF-R Adapter IN connector using an E-2000 non-attenuated patchcord. Connect the first GFF-R Adapter OUT connector to the second GFF-R Adapter IN connector using an E-2000 attenuated patchcord.
3-45
Chapter 3 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation
Site Installation
Step 3
Connect the second GFF-R Adapter OUT connector to the DCU-R module the GFF-R patchcord.
10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Backplane Cabling Procedures-West-to-East

Repeat the procedures used for East-to-West with West-to-East modules.

This section provides the module installation instructions for the 10-Gbps 32-channel optical line amplification site (red band + blue band). To install the modules in 10-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

This section provides the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps 32-channel optical line amplification site (red band + blue band).
Warning
To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-17.
From Shelf Receive 1.1 Receive 1.1 5 RBA OUT 2 RBA OUT West-to-East Slot Module Connector East-to-West
To Shelf 1.1 Transmit 1.1 Transmit 4 PRE-L IN Slot 1 Module PRE-L Connector IN
10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps OADM site configurations.
3-46
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Site Installation 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

This section provides the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps OADM site configurations.

Warning
Caution
Note
A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added or dropped can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx transponder modules.
Note
A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added or dropped can be configured with either an OADM-P4-R1 (channels 09, 11, 13, 15) OADM module or OADM-P4-R3 (channels 17, 19, 21, 23) OADM module. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with four channels added and dropped use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-18.
From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 1.2 Slot 1 1 1 2 10 12 23 1011 67 9 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-R1 RBA-10G-E WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 OADM-P4 Connector OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OUT OPT10-20 OPT1-6 OPT2-6 OPT10-6 OPT6-6 OPT9-20 East-to-West
To Shelf 1.3 1.3 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 Slot 2 1 1112 10 9 9 9 9 9 3 Module DCU-R1 DCU-B LSM-W RBA-10G-E OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 DCU-R2 Connector IN1 IN OPT11-2 OPT10-16 OPT9-16 OPT9-2 OPT9-6 OPT9-10 OPT9-24 IN2
3-47
Site Installation
From Shelf 1.3 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.2 2.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.1 1.1 Slot 1 3 3 1112 4 4 4 5 12 5-6 67 23 1011 11 3 6 6 1112 Module DCU-B DCU-R2 BBA LSM-W PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-R1 RBA-10G-E WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 OADM-P4 DCU-B DCU-R2 BBA LSM-W Connector OUT OUT OPT3-20 OPT11-20 OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OUT OPT12-20 OPT5-6 OPT6-6 OPT2-6 OPT10-6 OPT11-20 OUT OUT OPT6-20 OPT11-6
To Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 2 2 2 5 4 1112 12 11 11 11 11 11 6 6 5 5 5 Module BBA RBA RBA RBA DCU-R1 DCU-B LSM-W RBA-10G-E OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 DCU-R2 BBA RBA RBA RBA Connector OPT3-16 OPT2-16 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 IN1 IN OPT11-16 OPT12-16 OPT11-16 OPT11-2 OPT11-6 OPT11-10 OPT11-24 IN2 OPT6-16 OPT5-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-24
West-to-East
1. Refer to the MAL1 connection procedure in the 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site MAL1 Connections section. 2. Refer to the MAL2 connection procedure in the 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site MAL2 Connections section.
32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site MAL1 Connections

Cable as follows if a GFF-R or attenuators ARE NOT required between the PRE-L module and RBA-10G-E module:
Connect the PRE-L module OUT port red band (OPT1-16) to the DCU-R1 module IN port with an E-2000 non-attenuated patchcord. Connect the PRE-L module OUT port red band (OPT1-16) to the GFF-R Adapter IN connector using an non-attenuated patchcord. Connect the GFF-R adapter OUT connector to the DCU-R1 IN port using the GFF-R patchcord or the proper attenuated patchcord.
Cable as follows if the GFF-R or attenuators ARE required:

Cable as follows if both the GFF-R and attenuators are required:

Step 1 Step 2
Connect the PRE-L module OUT port red band (OPT1-16) to the GFF-R1 Adapter IN connector using the proper E-2000 attenuated patchcord. Connect the GFF-R Adapter OUT connector to the DCU-R IN port using the GFF-R.
3-48
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Step 3
Repeat the procedure for West-to-East modules and connections (General for all 0). This completes the MAL1 connection procedure.
32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site MAL2 Connections

Make the following backplane connections:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5
Connect the RBA-10G-E module OUT port to the OADM-P4 module IN port using a non-attenuated patchcord. Connect the OADM-P4 module OUT port to the first GFF-R Adapter IN connector using a non-attenuated patchcord. If attenuation is required connect the first GFF-R Adapter OUT connector to the second GFF-R Adapter IN connector using proper attenuated patchcord. Connect the final GFF-R Adapter OUT connector to the DCU-R2 module IN port (if required) or to the RBA IN port (OPT5-16) if the DCU-R2 is not required using the GFF-R. Repeat the procedure for West-to-East modules and connections. This completes the MAL2 connection procedure.

Warning
Caution
Note
A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx transponder modules. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-19.
From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 1 1 1 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L Connector OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 East-to-West
To Shelf 1.3 1.3 1.1 Slot 2 1 1112 Module DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W Connector IN1 IN OPT11-2
3-49
Site Installation
From Shelf 1.3 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.1 1.1 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.1 1.1 1.3 1.1 Slot 1 3 67 89 1011 12-13 23 45 67 89 NA 3 2 1112 4 4 4 4 3 67 89 1011 12-13 23 45 67 89 NA 6 5 1112 Module DCU-B BBA-10G WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 8WM-F TPA-B DCU-R LSM-W PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B BBA-10G WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 8WM-F TPA-B DCU-R LSM-W Connector OUT OPT3-20 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6 OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OUT OPT3-20 OUT OPT11-20 OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OUT OPT3-20 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6 OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OUT OPT6-20 OUT OPT11-6
To Shelf 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 45 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 3 2 2 2 5 4 1112 3 45 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 6 5 5 5 Module BBA-10G 8WD-B 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F TPA-B RBA RBA RBA DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W BBA-10G 8WD-B 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F TPA-B RBA RBA RBA Connector OPT3-16 OPT4-16 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 OPT3-16 OPT2-20 OPT2-16 OPT2-24 IN1 IN OPT11-16 OPT3-16 OPT4-16 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 OPT6-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-16 OPT5-24
West-to-East
3-50
78-13121-03
Chapter 3

This section provides the module installation instructions for the 10-Gbps OADM site configurations.
32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - 4-Channel Add/Drop

Note
Note
A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added or dropped can be configured with either an OADM-P4-R1 (channels 09, 11, 13, 15) OADM module or OADM-P4-R3 (channels 17, 19, 21, 23) OADM module. To install the modules in 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added and dropped use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

Note
A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx transponder modules. To install the modules in 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

This section provides the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps OADM site configurations.

Warning
Note
3-51
Site Installation
Note
A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added or dropped can be configured with either an OADM-P4-R1 (channels 09, 11, 13, 15) OADM module or OADM-P4-R3 (channels 17, 19, 21, 23) OADM module. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added and dropped use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-20.
From Shelf Receive 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 9 9 9 9 34 45 1213 89 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 OUT 9 OUT 11 OUT 13 OUT 15 OUT OUT OUT OUT Slot Module Connector East-to-West
To Shelf 1.1 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 ADA OUT OUT 2 OUT 1.2 1.2 12 23 1011 67 13 9 WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 ADA OADM-P4 IN IN IN IN IN2 ADA IN Slot 1 34 45 1213 89 Module PRE-L RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 Connector IN IN IN IN IN
SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.2 1.2 1.1 Receive 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.2 2.2 11 11 11 11 78 89 45 1213 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 OUT 9 OUT 11 OUT 13 OUT 15 OUT OUT OUT OUT 9 13 2 OADM-P4 ADA RBA
Transmit 1.1 1.2 2.1 2.2 2.2 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 4 78 89 45 1213 PRE-L RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 IN IN IN IN IN
West-to-East
3-52
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.2 1.2 1.1 11 13 5 OADM-P4 ADA RBA ADA OUT OUT 1 OUT
To Shelf 1.2 2.1 2.2 2.2 1.2 1.2 Slot 56 67 23 1011 13 11 Module WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 ADA OADM-P4 Connector IN IN IN IN IN1 ADA IN
Transmit

Warning
Note
A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-21.
From Shelf Receive 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 23 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B RXT 01 OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT Slot Module Connector East-to-West
To Shelf 1.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 OLTE Slot 1 23 45 6-7 89 1011 1213 1011 1213 Module PRE-L RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
3-53
Site Installation
From Shelf 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 Slot 45 6-7 89 1011 1213 1011 1213 Module RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 Connector OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
To Shelf OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 OUT Transmit 1.1 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 23 45 6-7 89 1011 1213 1011 1213 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.3 3.3 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 3.1 67 WCM 01 IN 4 23 45 6-7 89 1011 1213 1011 1213 PRE-L RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN 67 89 1011 12-13 23 45 67 89 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot Module Connector
SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 Receive 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.3 3.3 2 RBA West-to-East
SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm
3-54
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
Site Installation 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation
From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 5 RBA OUT
To Shelf 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 Transmit Slot 89 1011 12-13 23 45 67 89 Module WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
10-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation

This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps regeneration site configurations.

This section provides the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site.
Warning
Caution
Note
A 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site can be configured with LEM-10G-Fxx, LEM-10H-Mxx, or LEM-10G-Mxx transponder modules. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration sites use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-22.
3-55
Chapter 3 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation
Site Installation
From Shelf 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.3 1.3 5.2 2.1 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 Slot 3 3 3 1 2 3 7 67 89 10-11 1213 23 45 67 89 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B DCU-R BBA-10G RBA-10G-E LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 LEM 15 LEM 16 LEM 17 LEM 18 LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 LEM 23 LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 Connector OPT3-16 OPT3-20 OPT3-24 OUT OUT OPT3-20 OPT7-20 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6 OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6 OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6 OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6 OPT2-6 East-to-West
To Shelf 1.3 1.3 1.1 5.2 2.1 5.2 2.1 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 Slot 2 1 1112 3 7 45 46 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Module DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W BBA-10G RBA-10G-E 8WD-B 24WD-LLR 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F Connector IN1 IN OPT11-2 OPT3-16 OPT7-16 OPT4-16 OPT4-16 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7
3-56
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
From Shelf 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 5.2 2.2 2.2 3.2 3.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 6.2 1.1 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Slot 45 67 89 1011 1213 NA NA NA NA NA NA 2 1112 3 3 3 4 5 3 7 67 89 10-11 1213 23 45 67 89 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 Module LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 LEM 32 8WM-F 4WM-SL 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SH 8WC-F TPA-B LSM-W PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B DCU-R BBA-10G RBA-10G-E LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 Connector OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OPT2-20 OPT11-20 OPT3-16 OPT3-20 OPT3-24 OUT OUT OPT3-20 OPT7-20 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6 OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6
To Shelf 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.1 6.2 1.1 6.2 1.1 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Slot NA NA NA NA NA 2 NA NA NA NA 1 1 1 5 4 1112 3 7 45 46 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Module 8WM-F 4WM-SH 4WM-SH 4WM-SH 4WM-SH TPA-B 8WC-F 8WC-F 8WC-F 8WC-F TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W BBA-10G RBA-10G-E 8WD-B 24WD-LLR 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 4WM-SL 8WM-F 8WM-F Connector IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OPT2-16 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 IN1 IN OPT11-16 OPT3-16 OPT7-16 OPT4-16 OPT4-16 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN1 IN2
West-to-East
3-57
Site Installation
From Shelf 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 6.2 1.2 1.2 4.2 4.1 2.1 2.1 1.1 Slot 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 NA NA NA NA NA NA 2 1112 Module LEM 15 LEM 16 LEM 17 LEM 18 LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 LEM 23 LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 LEM 32 8WM-F 4WM-SL 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SH 8WC-F TPA-B LSM-W Connector OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6 OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6 OPT2-6 OPT4-6 OPT6-6 OPT8-6 OPT10-6 OPT12-6 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OPT2-20 OPT11-6
To Shelf 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Slot NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 2 NA NA NA NA 1 1 1 Module 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 8WM-F 4WM-SH 4WM-SH 4WM-SH 4WM-SH TPA-B 8WC-F 8WC-F 8WC-F 8WC-F TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R Connector IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OPT2-16 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24

This section provides the module installation instructions for the 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site.
Note
A 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site can be configured with LEM-10G-Fxx, LEM-10H-Mxx, or LEM-10G-Mxx transponder modules.
3-58
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
To install the modules in 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration sites use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

This section provides the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site.
Warning
Note
A 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site can be configured with LEM-10G-Fxx, LEM-10H-Mxx, or LEM-10G-Mxx transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration sites use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-23.
From Shelf Receive 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 Slot Module Connector East-to-West
To Shelf 2.1 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.3 3.3 Slot 3 67 89 10-11 1213 23 45 67 89 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 Module PRE-L LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 LEM 15 LEM 16 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
3-59
Site Installation
From Shelf 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.1 Receive 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 Slot 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 1 Module 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR TPA-R Connector OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT
To Shelf 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 Transmit 1.1 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 4.3 4.3 3 67 89 10-11 1213 23 45 67 89 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 PRE-L LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 LEM 15 LEM 16 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 Module LEM 17 LEM 18 LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 LEM 23 LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 LEM 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
West-to-East
3-60
78-13121-03
Chapter 3
From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.1 Slot 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 1 Module 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR TPA-R Connector OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT
To Shelf 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 Transmit Slot 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 Module LEM 17 LEM 18 LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 LEM 23 LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 LEM 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
3-61
Site Installation
3-62
78-13121-03
C H A P T E R
Site Setup and Test

This chapter covers Cisco ONS 15801 system site setup and test procedures. Setup and test procedures are covered for terminal, OLA, OADM, and regeneration sites. Perform these procedures after each system site is installed according to Chapter 3, Site Installation, in this publication and after all outside plant optical fiber connections are made. Use the setup procedures in this chapter in conjunction with procedures in Chapter 5, Site-to-Site Testing. Diagrams for standard configurations can be found in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual. Technical specifications for the system can be found in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Technical Specifications Manual. Module specifications are found in specific module handbooks. General system setup is carried out with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. For more information about this product, consult the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System. For amplifier configuration procedures, consult the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System. Setup and checking procedures are organized according to site type.
Note
There is no off-site input (receive) or output (transmit) during single-site setup.
Installation Setup and Testing Requirements for All Sites

The following conditions must be met before a site can be set up:
All required bays, shelves, electrical cabling, and ground cabling must be installed as described in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual and in Chapter 3, Site Installation, of this publication. All required modules and front-panel optical fiber cables-except outside plant optical fibers-must be installed as described in Chapter 3, Site Installation, of this publication. Amplifiers must be configured as described in the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System. Power must be applied to the bays. Both power distribution panel (PDP) alarm LEDs in each bay must be green. The two Battery Module (BATMOD) power switches in each shelf must be set to ON. The green PWR LED in each shelf Subrack Common Functions (SCF) module must be lit.
4-1
Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test
Site Setup and Test
The following equipment is required to perform the installation tests:

A PC with a modem, the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software, and the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software Tested optical fiber jumper cables (1 meter [3.3 ft] long) with SC or FC adapters attached Optical power meter (Pin max > +26 dBm) capable of reading dB and mW Optical spectrum analyzer (OSA) Optical attenuators Laser light source
2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

This section contains the setup and test procedures for all 2.5-Gbps sites.
2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Setup and Test

Warning
The Cisco ONS 15801 system equipment contains Class 3b laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 1260-1605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.
Note
All procedures must be performed in the order presented. This paragraph provides the 2.5-Gbps terminal site setup and test procedures.
CMP Configuration and Verification

This procedure establishes module communication with the Control and Monitoring Processor (CMP-W) module or Control and Monitoring Processor module2 Ethernet (CMP-W-2E), hereafter referred to as CMP module. It also provides procedures for configuring the CMP module.
Note
A network element (NE) is a site or a part of a site that is under the control of a single CMP module.
Note
The module communication setup procedure must be performed on all NEs. Use this procedure to configure the CMP module:
Note
For the CMP module optical system ID, optical line ID, and sequential number configuration parameters refer to the route installation specification. The route installation specification configuration parameters do not preclude the site test.
4-2
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test
Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to configure the CMP module (shelf 1.1, slot 13) as follows:
Step 1
Set the following CMP module NE identification parameters using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software or the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software:

NE name NE IP address NE IP subnet mask NE IP default gateway NE type (terminal site, regeneration site, OLA site, or OADM site) Optical system ID primaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side.
Step 2
Set the following CMP module NE attributes for amplifier power provisioning (APP):

Note
For 2.5-Gbps and 10-Gbps system configurations containing both FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined according to Table 4-1. For example: a 2.5-Gbps or 10-Gbps system with FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined as a 2.5 Gbps or 10 Gbps No-FEC transponder type (priority 1-3).
Table 4-1 Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List
Priority 1 2 3 4 5
Transponder Type 10 Gbps No-FEC 2.5 Gbps No-FEC without RXT modules 2.5 Gbps or 622 Mbps No-FEC with RXT modules 10 Gbps OB-FEC 2.5 Gbps OB-FEC
Optical system ID secondaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Optical line ID primaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Optical line ID secondaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Sequential number primaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Sequential number secondaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side.
4-3
Site Setup and Test
Note
APP imposes a constraint on network element sequence numbers. The network element sequence numbers of all of the NEs that belong to the same optical line (terminal site-to-terminal site, terminal site-to-regeneration site, regeneration site-to-regeneration site) have to be placed in sequence in order to allow the APP network auto-discovery procedure to properly communicate the ONS 15801 system configuration. Configure the CMP module as either a master or slave:

Step 3
The CMP module is shipped configured as a master. The CMP module located in bay 1 must be configured as the master. Each slave CMP module must be numbered according to the bay label. Since each CMP module can only control one bay, the parameter Controlled Rack 1 must be set to the number of the corresponding bay. Also, the parameter Controlled Rack 2 must be set to Not configured.
Use this procedure to verify module communication at a site:

Connect a PC to the system using an EIA/TIA-232 (RS-232) cable connected to the local craft interface located on the front of shelf one. Open the local terminal software. Select a serial port from the Connection menu. Select the Internet protocol (IP) address of the CMP module. Choose NE Inventory under Configuration Management, and verify that all occupied module slots are checked. With the BAT modules in shelf one turned OFF, unplug and reinsert the SCF module and CMP module. Verify that the control bus cable is correctly installed. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) Verify that the subrack addressing is correct. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) If a module or subrack is not recognized after these steps, there may be a short circuit between the connector pins of a module and the subrack. Visually identify the problem and repair or replace as necessary.
Warning
All amplifier line directions must be entered correctly to enable the safety shutdown feature of the Cisco ONS 15801 system to operate properly. Failure to heed this warning can expose personnel to invisible laser radiation.
Follow these steps to verify proper operation:

Step 1
In the local terminal software, select TPA-R module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-2.
4-4
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Step 2
Repeat for the TPA-B module and PRE-L module.
Table 4-2
Amplifier Line Direction Settings
Direction East
Amplifier Module TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L
Slot 1 2 3 1 2 3
Setting East-to-West East-to-West West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East East-to-West
West
TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L
If the line direction of an amplifier is not configured correctly, reset it using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for amplifier configuration information. The module communication setup procedure is complete.
Amplifier Power Control Setup

At the factory, the optical output power of an amplifier is configured to an unknown power class. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to configure the amplifier power class. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information on changing the power class. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to set the ADA module working point and to calculate output power. Refer to site engineering documentation for network design and specific setup information. Table 4-3 and Table 4-4 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red band. Table 4-5 shows typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red bands. The amplifier output for the blue and red bands are set on a per class basis (low, mid, or high). Amplifier power output is regulated in the continuous range mode by selecting a setpoint value within the range. Use the appropriate setup to provision the system.
Table 4-3 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (Without RXT Modules)
Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x28 LEAF TWF 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 Low 1-2 1 1 1-2 1 1 1 Mid 3-4 2-3 2 3-4 2-3 2-3 2-3 High 5-8 4-6 3-4 5-8 4-6 4 4
Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-5 1-4 1-5 1-4 Mid 6-11 5-10 4-7 6-11 5-10 6-11 5-10 High 12-24 11-20 8-16 12-24 11-20 12-24 11-20
4-5
Site Setup and Test
Table 4-3
2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (Without RXT Modules) (continued)
Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber LSF DSF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 Low 1-2 1 1-2 1-2 Mid 3-4 2-3 3-4 3-4 High 5-8 4-6
Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-4 1-4 1-4 Mid 6-11 5-10 5-8 5-8 High 12-24 11-14
Table 4-4
2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules)
Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x28 5x30 LEAF TWF LSF DSF 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 1-2 1-2 3-4 3-4 1-2 1-2 1 1 1-2 3-4 3-4 2-3 2-3 3-4 5-8 5-8 4 4 5-8 Low 1-2 1-2 1 Mid 3-4 3-4 2-3 High 5-8 5-8 4-6
Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-5 1-4 1-2 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-4 1-5 1-4 1-4 Mid 6-11 6-11 5-10 3-4 6-11 6-11 6-11 5-10 6-11 5-8 5-8 High 12-24 12-24 11-20 5-8 12-24 12-24 12-24 11-20 12-24
Table 4-5
2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (OOB-FEC)
Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF ELEAF TW-RS Teralight TWC TW+ LSF DSF NOTE All Links Low 1-3 Mid 4-6 High 7-8
Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-6 Mid 7-12 High 13-24
All Links 1x...5x 6x...7x All Links All Links
1-6 1-4 1-8 1-8 1-3 4-5 5-8
1-12 1-12 1-24 1-5
13-24 13-24
4-6
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
The amplifier power setup procedure is complete.
Output Power Criteria

Warning
Caution
When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifier modules-or removing connectors from those modules-can cause carbonization of the connectors. Use the criteria in Table 4-6 to determine whether the terminal site amplifier output power passes or fails standard. This table describes output values according to fiber type and according to amplifier type. It shows specific output ranges for channel bands (e.g., blue band or red band) or the optical service channel (OSC) alone.
Note
The accuracy of the measurements made with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software is 1.0 dBm.
Note
Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean Cisco ONS 15801 system E-2000 connections.
Note
All modules that do not meet the output power specifications must be replaced after verification of the losses of the related connections. The test must be repeated until the result is positive.
Table 4-6
Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Terminal Sites
Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point TPA-B module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 High-Class Power (dBm) +13.5 to +17 +16.5 to +20.5 +15.5 to +17.5 +11 to +16 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5
Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5
TPA-R module output powerblue band + OPM red band + OSC TPA-R module output power Red band
1
OPM OPM
Blue band OPM TPA-R module output powerOSC only PRE-L module input power PRE-L module output powerblue band
Local terminal software Per span budget Per span budget Per span budget Local terminal software, 5.5 to +5.5 manual system test
4-7
Site Setup and Test
Table 4-6
Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Terminal Sites (continued)
Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) Low-Class Power (dBm) +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +2 to +10 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 High-Class Power (dBm) +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +14 to +16.5 +2 to +10 +17 to +20.5 +16 to +18 +11 to +15.5 +0.5 to +6.5
PRE-L module monitor output powerred Local terminal software, +7.5 to +13.5 band manual system test BBA module input power BBA module output power RBA module input power RBA module output powerblue band + red band + OSC RBA module output powerred band RBA module output powerblue band RBA module output powerOSC only Local terminal software 6 to +6 measure Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5 measure Local terminal software +2 to +10 measure OPM OPM OPM OPM +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5
1. The OSC output depends on the value used to attenuate the signal.
Multiplexer Output Power Verification

Follow these steps to check the multiplexer module red and blue-band output at a site:
Step 1
Make sure the transponder modules are installed in the correct shelves of the site. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual for more information.
Note
Multiplexer output power level readings are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software at the input to the TPA-B modules and TPA-R modules. The accuracy of local terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for instructions to select the TPA-R module or TPA-B module on the Network Element screen. The value for module input power is specified in Table 4-7.
Table 4-7 Multiplexer Output Power Pass-or-Fail Criteria
Step 2
Output Power (dBm) Multiplexer Output power range Number of Channels 8 4 8-Channel Wavelength Combiner Red Band (8WC-F) module Output power range Min. 4.5 7.5 Nom. 2.5 5.5 Max. 0.5 3.5 8-Channel Wavelength Multiplexer Blue Band (8WM-F) module
4-8
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Table 4-7
Multiplexer Output Power Pass-or-Fail Criteria (continued)
Output Power (dBm) Multiplexer With 2.5-Gbps channels Number of Channels 24 12 Min. 4 8 Nom. 2 5 Max. 0 3
Step 3
If the TPA-R module value was verified, repeat for the TPA-B module.
Red-Band Channel Transmission Verification

Follow these steps to verify the red-band transmission from the TPA-R module:
Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm and set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Connect an optical cable from the OSA input connection to the monitor (MON) port of the 8WC-F module on the front shelf.
Note
8WC-F modules are mounted on the shelf backplane. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual for placement.
4-9
Site Setup and Test
Figure 4-1
8WC-F Module Wavelength Converter Module and Monitor Output
To TP A-R module To monitoring
2WC-F
WARRANTY VOID IF BROKEN SEAL
OUTPUT MO N OUT
P/N
INPUT 1 2
Serial number
Laser warning label
From 8WM-F module

Step 4
Set the OSA scale to 0.5 dB per division. Verify that all active red-band channels are present and that the readings are within the specifications listed in Table 4-8.
Table 4-8 Channel Equalization and Pre-emphasis
Equalization and Pre-emphasis (dB) Unit 8WC-F module equalization tolerance (P = average channel power of channels 1328) Channels 1328 12 and 29 11 and 30 10 and 31 9 and 32 Min P 1.5 P 0.5 P + 0.5 P + 1.5 P + 2.5 Nominal P P+1 P+2 P+3 P+4 Max P + 1.5 P + 2.5 P + 3.5 P + 4.5 P + 5.5
Note
4-10
69208
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
If any active red-band channels are missing, locate the source of the failure (e.g., transmitter output power, cabling, or multiplexer path loss) and correct it. Disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 8WC-F module. Repeat Steps 4-6 for each 8WC-F module located in the site configuration.
Blue-Band Channel Transmission Verification

Follow these steps to verify blue-band channel transmission from the TPA-B module:
Set the OSA center wavelength to 1532 nm and the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the input port of the OSA to the MON port of the TPA-B module in slot 2. Set scale to 1 dB per division. Verify that all active channels are present. If any active blue-band channels are missing, locate the source of the failure (e.g., transmitter output power, cabling, or multiplexer path loss) and correct it.
TPA-R Module OSC Output Power Measurement

Use this procedure to measure the OSC output of the TPA-R module.
Step 1
Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1 using an optical fiber jumper cable (Figure 4-2).
4-11
Site Setup and Test
Figure 4-2
TPA-R Module OSC Measurement Setup

Slot 1 TPA-R Slot 2 TPA-B Slot 3 PRE-L MON MON B R
MON OUT
MON
IN Optical power meter
Step 2
Verify that the TPA-R module OSC reading in dBm is within the OSC range specified for TPA-R module OSC-only output power.
Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Safety Override

Use this procedure to test the safety override feature of Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.
Step 1 Step 2
Choose the TPA-R module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the safety override item (SftyOvRide1) on the Action List tab and execute the command.
Caution
Use the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software safety override command on a TPA-R module only in a terminal site, back-to-back site, or regeneration site. Do not use the local terminal software safety override command on any other amplifier module in a terminal site, back-to-back site, or regeneration site. Failure to heed this caution can result in damage to equipment. Verify that the MAJ LED on the TPA-R module shuts off and the output reading on the OPM increases for 10 seconds.
Step 3
Red- and Blue-Band Laser Safety Shutdown Test

Follow these steps to test the laser safety shutdown feature of the system:
Step 1
Manually override the laser safety shutdown feature by connecting an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1.
4-12
69017
When removing, disconnect this end first.
Optical fiber jumper cable
When installing, connect this end first.
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Verify that the lasers in the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn on (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module switching off). Remove the optical fiber cable from the OUT port of the PRE-L module in slot-3. Verify that the TPA-R and TPA-B modules turn off (indicated by the MAJ LED on each amplifier modules lighting). Reconnect the optical fiber cable to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3. Issue a safety override command with the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Verify that the TPA-R and TPA-B module turn on again (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module switching off). Switch off both BAT modules on all WCM or LEM module shelves.
Note
When the BAT modules are turned off, only the TPA-R module MAJ LED will dim if no blue-band channels are present. Verify that the lasers in the TPA-R module in slot 1 and TPA-B module in slot 2 turn off (indicated by the MAJ LED on each of the modules lighting).
Step 9
Note
The following step must be performed. If this step is not performed, the lasers in the TPA-R module and TPA-B module will turn on when light is reapplied to their inputs. Remove the optical fiber cable from TPA-R module OUT connector in slot 1. Turn on all BAT modules in the WCM or LEM module shelves. Verify that the lasers in the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 do not turn on (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module staying lit).
PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement

Follow these steps to measure PRE-L module output power:
Note
The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Issue a safety override command with the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Select the PRE-L module in slot 3 on the local terminal software Network Element screen and choose the red-band output power command (OutPwrRed1) in the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the PRE-L module output power value is within the specifications listed for PRE-L module red-band output in Table 4-9.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
4-13
Site Setup and Test
Table 4-9
Output Power Range of PRE-L Module
Output Power (dBm)1 Module PRE-L Blue band Red band 5 +8 +5 +13 Minimum Maximum
1. Value for 32 channels, nominal system configuration
Disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the TPA-R module in slot 1 and connect it to MON port of the TPA-B module in slot 2. Choose the blue-band output power command for the same module on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the PRE-L module output power value is within the specifications listed for PRE-L module blue-band output in Table 4-9.
Caution
Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution will cause the amplifier to remain on and damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the TPA-B module in slot 2.
Step 8
TPA-R Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement

Follow these steps to measure the TPA-R module red-band output power:
Step 1
Carefully unplug the TPA-B module and the Line Service Modem (LSM-W) module from the backplane by reversing the installation procedure in Chapter 3, Site Installation. Do not remove the modules from the subrack. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the slot-3 PRE-L module to the MON port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Issue a safety override command with the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Use the OPM to measure the TPA-R module red-band output power in dBm. Verify that the TPA-R module red-band output power in dBm meets the TPA-R module red-band-only specification for the appropriate power class.
Caution
Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution will cause the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1.
Step 7
4-14
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
TPA-R Module Combined Output Power Measurement

Follow these steps to measure the combined red-band and blue-band output power of the TPA-R module.
Plug the TPA-B module in slot 2 back into the backplane. Connect the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Measure the output power of the red band and blue band in dBm and mW.
TPA-R Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement

Follow these steps to continue from the combined output power measurement to calculate and test the TPA-R module blue-band output:
Step 1
Subtract the TPA-R module red-band-only output reading in mW from the combined TPA-R module red-band and blue-band output power reading in mW to determine the TPA-R module blue-band output power in mW. Use the following formula to convert the blue-band output power in mW to dBm. Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue band in mW) Verify that the calculated value for the blue-band output power in dBm meets the appropriate power class specification for the TPA-R blue-band-only.
Step 2
Step 3
Caution
Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution will cause the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the OUT port of the TPA-R module. Reinstall the LSM module into the backplane.
Step 4 Step 5
2.5-Gbps Optical Line Site Setup and Test

Warning
Warning
Disconnect all outside plant fibers before OADM site optical safety tests are performed. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.
4-15
Site Setup and Test
Note
The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software as the input power to the RBA module and BBA modules.
Note
The accuracy of local terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm. For more information, refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.
Note
All procedures must be performed in the order presented. This section provides the 2.5-Gbps OLA site setup and test procedures.

Note
Note
Note
For the CMP module optical system ID, optical line ID, and sequential number configuration parameters refer to the route installation specification. The route installation specification configuration parameters do not preclude the site test. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to configure the CMP module (shelf 1.1, slot 13) as follows:
Step 1

Step 2

4-16
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Note
Priority 1 2 3 4 5
Note

Step 3
The CMP module is shipped configured as a master. The CMP module located in bay 1 must be configured as the master. Each slave CMP module must be numbered according to the bay label.
4-17
Site Setup and Test
Since each CMP module can only control one bay, the parameter Controlled Rack 1 must be set to the number of the corresponding bay. Also, the parameter Controlled Rack 2 must be set to Not configured.

Warning

Step 1 Step 2
In the local terminal software, select TPA-R module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-11. Repeat for the TPA-B module, RBA module, BBA module and PRE-L module.
Table 4-11 Amplifier Line Direction Settings
Amplifier Module PRE-L RBA BBA PRE-L RBA BBA
Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6
Setting East-to-West East-to-West East-to-West West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East
4-18
78-13121-03
Chapter 4

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x28 LEAF TWF LSF DSF 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 Low 1-2 1 1 1-2 1 1 1 1-2 1 1-2 1-2 Mid 3-4 2-3 2 3-4 2-3 2-3 2-3 3-4 2-3 3-4 3-4 High 5-8 4-6 3-4 5-8 4-6 4 4 5-8 4-6
Table 4-13 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules)
Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x28 5x30 Low 1-2 1-2 1 Mid 3-4 3-4 2-3 High 5-8 5-8 4-6
Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-5 1-4 1-2 Mid 6-11 6-11 5-10 3-4 High 12-24 12-24 11-20 5-8
4-19
Site Setup and Test
Table 4-13 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules) (continued)
Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber LEAF TWF LSF DSF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 1-2 1-2 3-4 3-4 Low 1-2 1-2 1 1 1-2 Mid 3-4 3-4 2-3 2-3 3-4 High 5-8 5-8 4 4 5-8
Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-4 1-5 1-4 1-4 Mid 6-11 6-11 6-11 5-10 6-11 5-8 5-8 High 12-24 12-24 12-24 11-20 12-24
Table 4-14 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (OOB-FEC)
1-6 1-4 1-8 1-8 1-3 4-5 5-8
1-12 1-12 1-24 1-5
13-24 13-24

Warning
Caution
When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifier modules-or removing connectors from those modules-can cause carbonization of the connectors.
4-20
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Use the criteria in Table 4-15 to determine whether the terminal site amplifier output power passes or fails standard. This table describes output values according to fiber type and according to amplifier type. It shows specific output ranges for channel bands (e.g., blue band or red band) or the optical service channel (OSC) alone.
Note
Note
Note
Table 4-15 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Line Amplification Sites
Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point TPA-B module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +2 to +10 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 High-Class Power (dBm) +13.5 to +17 +16.5 to +20.5 +15.5 to +17.5 +11 to +16 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +14 to +16.5 +2 to +10 +17 to +20.5 +16 to +18 +11 to +15.5 +0.5 to +6.5
1
OPM OPM
4-21
Site Setup and Test
East-to-West LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement

Measure the LSM-W module OSC output from east-to-west with this procedure.
Step 1
Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 3 (Figure 4-3).
Figure 4-3 East-to-West Setup for Amplifier Power Output Testing
East-to-west
Slot 1 PRE-L MON MON B R Slot 2 BBA Slot 3 RBA Slot 4 PRE-L MON MON B R
West-to-east
Slot 5 BBA Slot 6 RBA
IN
MON
MON OUT
IN
MON
MON OUT
Laser source
Optical power meter
Attach an optical source to the IN port of the slot-1 PRE-L module. Set the OPM to read in dBm. Measure the LSM-W module output power. Verify that the LSM-W module OSC measurement meets the specification for the RBA module OSC-only.
West-to-East LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement Procedure

Measure the west-to-east LSM-W module OSC output power with this procedure.
Step 1
4-22
69212
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Figure 4-4
West-to-East Amplifier Power Output Setup

East-to-west West-to-east
Slot 3 RBA Slot 4 PRE-L MON MON B R Slot 5 BBA Slot 6 RBA
Slot 1 PRE-L MON MON B R
Slot 2 BBA
IN
MON
MON OUT
IN
MON
MON OUT
Attach an optical source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Set the OPM to read in dBm. Measure the LSM-W module output power. Verify that the LSM-W module measurement meets the specification for RBA module OSC-only.
East-to-West PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement

This procedure measures the PRE-L module output power east-to-west.
Note
The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with local terminal software as the input to the RBA module and BBA module. The accuracy of measurements taken with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software is 1.0 dBm. For more information, refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.
Connect a light source to the IN port of the east-to-west PRE-L module in slot 1. Turn the light source on. The PRE-L module MAJ alarm LED should switch off. Select the BBA module in slot 2 on the Network Element screen. Choose the input power command (InPwr1) on the Analog I/O tab.
69211
Laser source
Optical power meter
4-23
Site Setup and Test
Step 4
Verify that the BBA module value is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-16.
Table 4-16 Output Power Range of PRE-L Module
Output Power (dBm)1 Module PRE-L Blue band Red band 1 channel @ = 1535 nm, Pin = 10 dBm 1 channel @ = 1550 nm, Pin = 8 dBm +3 +8 +5 +13 Condition of Measurement Min Nom Max
1. Values for 32 channels, nominal system configuration.
Select the RBA module in slot 3 on the Network Element screen. Choose the input power command (InPwr1) on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the RBA module value is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-16. Turn off the light source. Disconnect the light source from the IN port of the east-to-west PRE-L module in slot 1.
West-to-East PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement

Follow these steps to measure the PRE-L module west-to-east output power:
Connect a light source to the IN port of the west-to-east PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. The PRE-L module in slot 4 alarm LED should switch off. Select the RBA module in slot 5 on the Network Element screen. Choose the input power command (InPwr1) from the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the RBA module input power value is within the specifications for PRE-L module red band. Choose the BBA module in slot 5 on the Network Element screen. Verify that the item (InPwr1) meets the specifications listed for PRE-L module blue band. Turn off the light source. Disconnect the light source from the IN port of the west-to-east PRE-L module in slot 4.
Setup for East-to-West Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation
Follow these steps to set up the manual laser safety override and to activate east-to-west amplifiers:
Note
The manual safety override is necessary to prevent the amplifiers from switching off before the output power can be measured and recorded. This setup will allow the measurement of the east-to-west amplifiers.
4-24
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Install an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 to the MON-R port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 3. Connect a light source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Turn on the light source. Verify that the value on the OPM increases and that the MAJ alarm LED switches off for the RBA module in slot 3. When the MAJ alarm LED is off, the RBA module in slot 3 is on.
Caution
Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution will cause the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.
Step 6
East-to-West RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement

Follow these steps to measure the east-to-west RBA module red-band output power:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6
Unplug the BBA module in slot 2 and the LSM-W module from the backplane, but do not remove them from the shelf. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 3. Measure and record the RBA module red-band output in both dBm and mW. Turn on the light source. Verify that the value on the OPM increases and the MAJ alarm LED switches off for the RBA module in slot 3. Measure the RBA module in slot 3 red-band output in both dBm and mW as indicated on the OPM. Verify that the RBA module output power reading in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the output power range of the RBA module red-band-only.
Caution
Step 7
East-to-West RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement

Follow these steps to measure the combined red- and blue-band output power for the east-to-west RBA module:
Step 1 Step 2
Reinstall the BBA module in slot 2 in the backplane. Turn on the light source.
4-25
Site Setup and Test
Step 3 Step 4
Verify that the value on the OPM increases and that the MAJ alarm LED switches off on the RBA module in slot 3. Measure the red- and blue-band combined output in mW as indicated on the OPM for the RBA in slot 3 module.
Caution
Step 5
East-to-West RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement

This procedure continues from the previous procedure to calculate and measure the east-to-west RBA module blue-band output power.
Step 1
Use the following formula to calculate the blue-band output power of the RBA module in slot 3. (All measurements are in mW.) RBA[Blue-band output] = RBA[Red- and blue-band combined output] - RBA[Red-band output]
Step 2 Step 3
Record the blue-band output power in mW. Convert the blue-band output power in mW to dBm using the following formula: Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue-band power in mW)
Step 4
Verify that the blue-band output power in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA module blue-band-only.
Deactivating the East-to-West Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module
Follow these steps to deactivate the east-to-west manual safety override and reinstall the LSM-W module:
Caution
Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution will cause the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment.
Make sure the light source is turned off. Disconnect the light source from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Disconnect the OPM from the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 3. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON-R port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 and then from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Reinstall the LSM-W module into the backplane.
4-26
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Setup for West-to-East Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation
Follow these steps to set up the manual laser safety override and activate west-to-east amplifiers:
Note
The manual safety override is necessary to prevent the amplifiers from switching off before the output power can be measured and recorded. This setup will allow the measurement of the west-to-east amplifiers.
Install an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Connect the OPM with an optical fiber jumper cable to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 6. Connect a light source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. Verify that the reading on the OPM increases and that the MAJ alarm LED switches off on the RBA module in slot 6. When the MAJ alarm LED is off, the laser in the RBA module is on.
Caution
Step 6
West-to-East RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement

Follow these steps to measure west-to-east RBA module red-band output power:
Unplug the BBA module in slot 5 and the LSM-W module from the backplane, but do not remove them from the shelf. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5. Measure and record the red-band output power of the RBA module in dBm and mW. Turn on the light source. Verify that the value on the OPM increases and that the MAJ alarm LED switches off on the RBA module in slot 6. Measure the red-band output in both dBm and mW as indicated on the OPM for the RBA module in slot 6. Verify that the RBA module output power reading in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the red-band-only output power range
Caution
Step 7
4-27
Site Setup and Test
West-to-East RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement

Follow these steps to measure combined west-to-east RBA module output power:
Reinstall the BBA module in slot in the backplane. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 6. Measure and record the RBA module red-band output power in mW. Turn on the light source. Verify that the value on the OPM increases and that MAJ alarm LED switches off for the RBA module in slot 6. Measure the combined red- and blue-band output in mW as indicated on the OPM for the RBA module in slot 6.
Caution
Step 6
West-to-East RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement

This procedure continues from the previous procedure to calculate and measure the west-to-east RBA module blue-band output power.
Step 1
Use the following formula to calculate the blue-band output power of the RBA module in slot 3. (All measurements are in mW.) RBA[Blue-band output] = RBA[Red- and blue-band combined output] - RBA[Red-band output] Convert the blue-band output power in mW to dBm using the following formula: Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue-band power in mW)
Step 2
Step 3
Verify that the blue-band output power in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA blue-band-only.
Caution
Step 4
Deactivating the West-to-East Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling LSM-W Module
Follow these steps to deactivate the west-to-east manual safety override and reinstall the LSM-W module:
Step 1 Step 2
Remove the optical source from the PRE-L module input in slot 4. Disconnect the OPM from the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 6.
4-28
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Step 3 Step 4
Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON-R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 and then from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Reinstall the LSM-W module into the backplane.
Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification

This section provides the mid-amplifier loss (MAL) values dependent on the loss of the span preceding the OLA site. Table 4-17 lists the ideal MAL values dependent upon span length.
Note
The following values must be verified within 1.5 dB.
4-29
Site Setup and Test
Table 4-17 Amplifier MAL Regulation
Link Data Span Loss (dB) 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Typical Span Length [km] (@ 0.25 dB/Km) 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152
Blue Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps Ideal MAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SMF 9 9 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 18 NA NA NA HEF1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 NA NA NA
Red Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps GFF Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N Ideal MAL 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 5 5 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 SMF 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 19 NA NA NA HEF1 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 NA NA NA
1. Tolerated MAL on HEF can be increased by 2 dB for Teralight fiber in order to accommodate the needed DCU.
East-to-West Red- and Blue-Band Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification

Use the following procedures to activate the OLA amplifiers in the East-to-West direction:
Step 1 Step 2
Connect a laser source to the PRE-L module E-W input. Turn the laser source on.
4-30
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Step 3 Step 4
Connect an optical fiber jumper between the E-W PRE-L module (red band) MON port and the W-E PRE-L module IN port. Set the safety override command to RBA E-W module.
Perform the following procedures to obtain the MAL measurement:

Measure the E-W PRE-L module (red band) output power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Measure the E-W RBA module or BBA module input power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. The MAL value is the difference between the power level measured on the preceding steps 1 and 2.
West-to-East Red- and Blue-Band Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification

Use the following procedures to activate the OLA amplifiers in the W-E direction:
Connect a laser source to the PRE-L module W-E input. Turn the laser source on. Connect an optical fiber jumper between the W-E PRE-L module (red band) MON port and the E-W PRE-L module IN port. Set the safety override command to RBA W-E module.

Measure the W-E PRE-L module (red band) output power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Measure the W-E RBA or BBA module input power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. The MAL value is the difference between the power level measured on the preceding steps 1 and 2.
2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Setup and Test

Warning
4-31
Site Setup and Test
Warning
All outside plant fibers must be disconnected before OADM site optical safety tests are performed. Failure to heed this warning can result in personnel injury.
Caution
When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifier modules (or removing connectors from those modules) can cause carbonization of the connectors.
Note
Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean Cisco ONS 15801 system E-2000 connections.
Note
All modules not meeting the output power specification must be replaced after verification of the losses of the related connections. The test must be repeated until the result is positive.
Note
The accuracy of Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm.
Note
All procedures must be performed in the order presented. This section provides the 2.5-Gbps OADM site setup and test procedures.

Note
Note
Note
4-32
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Step 1

Step 2

Note
Priority 1 2 3 4 5
4-33
Site Setup and Test
Note

Step 3

Warning

Step 1
In the local terminal software, select TPA-R module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-19.
4-34
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Step 2
Repeat for the TPA-B module, RBA module, BBA module, and PRE-L module.
Amplifier Module PRE-L RBA BBA PRE-L RBA BBA
Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x28 LEAF TWF 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 Low 1-2 1 1 1-2 1 1 1 Mid 3-4 2-3 2 3-4 2-3 2-3 2-3 High 5-8 4-6 3-4 5-8 4-6 4 4
Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-5 1-4 1-5 1-4 Mid 6-11 5-10 4-7 6-11 5-10 6-11 5-10 High 12-24 11-20 8-16 12-24 11-20 12-24 11-20
4-35
Site Setup and Test
Table 4-20 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (Without RXT Modules) (continued)
Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber LSF DSF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 Low 1-2 1 1-2 1-2 Mid 3-4 2-3 3-4 3-4 High 5-8 4-6
Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-4 1-4 1-4 Mid 6-11 5-10 5-8 5-8 High 12-24 11-14
1-6 1-4 1-8 1-8 1-3 4-5 5-8
1-12 1-12 1-24 1-5
13-24 13-24
4-36
78-13121-03
Chapter 4

Warning
Caution
Note
Note
Note
Table 4-23 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point TPA-B module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 High-Class Power (dBm) +13.5 to +17 +16.5 to +20.5 +15.5 to +17.5 +11 to +16 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5
1
OPM OPM
4-37
Site Setup and Test
Table 4-23 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites (continued)
Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) Low-Class Power (dBm) +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +2 to +10 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 High-Class Power (dBm) +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +14 to +16.5 +2 to +10 +17 to +20.5 +16 to +18 +11 to +15.5 +0.5 to +6.5

Step 1
4-38
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Figure 4-5

Slot 2 BBA
IN
MON
MON OUT
IN
MON
MON OUT
Laser source
Optical power meter
Attach an optical source to the IN port of the slot-1 PRE-L module. Set the OPM to read in dBm. Measure the LSM-W module output power. Verify that the LSM-W module OSC measurement meets the specification for the RBA module OSC-only.

Step 1
69212
4-39
Site Setup and Test
Figure 4-6
West-to-East Amplifier Power Output Setup

Slot 2 BBA
IN
MON
MON OUT
IN
MON
MON OUT

Note
The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with local terminal software as the input to the RBA module and BBA module.
Note
The accuracy of measurements taken with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software is 1.0 dBm. For more information, refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.
Connect a light source to the IN port of the east-to-west PRE-L module in slot 1. Turn the light source on. The PRE-L module MAJ alarm LED should switch off. Select the BBA module in slot 2 on the Network Element screen. Choose the input power command (InPwr1) on the Analog I/O tab.
4-40
69211
Laser source
Optical power meter
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Step 4
Verify that the BBA module value is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-24.

Connect a light source to the IN port of the west-to-east PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. The PRE-L module in slot 4 alarm LED should switch off. Select the RBA module in slot 5 on the Network Element screen. Choose the input power command (InPwr1) from the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the RBA module input power value is within the specifications for PRE-L module red band. Choose the BBA module in slot 5 on the Network Element screen. Verify that the item (InPwr1) meets the specifications listed for PRE-L module blue band. Turn off the light source. Disconnect the light source from the IN port of the west-to-east PRE-L module in slot 4.
Note
4-41
Site Setup and Test
Caution
Step 6

Caution
Step 7

Step 1 Step 2
Reinstall the BBA module in slot 2 in the backplane. Turn on the light source.
4-42
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Step 3 Step 4
Verify that the value on the OPM increases and that the MAJ alarm LED switches off on the RBA module in slot 3. Measure the red- and blue-band combined output in mW as indicated on the OPM for the RBA in slot 3 module.
Caution
Step 5

Step 1
Step 2 Step 3
Step 4
Caution
4-43
Site Setup and Test
Note
The manual safety override is necessary to prevent the amplifiers from switching off before the output power can be measured and recorded. This setup will allow the measurement of the west-to-east amplifiers.
Install an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Connect the OPM with an optical fiber jumper cable to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 6. Connect a light source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. Verify that the reading on the OPM increases and that the MAJ alarm LED switches off on the RBA module in slot 6. When the MAJ alarm LED is off, the laser in the RBA module is on.
Caution
Step 6

Caution
Step 7
4-44
78-13121-03
Chapter 4

Caution
Step 6

Step 1
Use the following formula to calculate the blue-band output power of the RBA module in slot 3. (All measurements are in mW.) RBA[Blue-band output] = RBA[Red- and blue-band combined output] - RBA[Red-band output] Convert the blue-band output power in mW to dBm using the following formula: Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue-band power in mW) Verify that the blue-band output power in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA blue-band-only.
Step 2
Step 3
Caution
Step 4
4-45
Site Setup and Test
Remove the optical source from the PRE-L module input in slot 4. Disconnect the OPM from the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 6. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON-R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 and then from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Reinstall the LSM-W module into the backplane.

This section provides the MAL values dependent on the loss of the span preceding the OADM site. Table 4-25 list the ideal MAL values dependent upon span length.
Note

Link Data Span Loss (dB) 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 Typical Span Length [km] (@ 0.25 dB/Km) 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132
Blue Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps Ideal MAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SMF 9 9 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 16 16 17 17 17 18 HEF1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Red Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps GFF Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N Ideal MAL 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 5 5 4 4 SMF 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 19 HEF1 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 61 61 61 61 61 61
4-46
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Link Data Span Loss (dB) 34 35 36 37 38 Typical Span Length [km] (@ 0.25 dB/Km) 136 140 144 148 152
Blue Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps Ideal MAL 0 0 0 0 0 SMF 18 18 NA NA NA HEF1 5 5 NA NA NA
Red Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps GFF N N N N N Ideal MAL 3 3 3 3 3 SMF 19 19 NA NA NA HEF1 61 61 NA NA NA
Setting the Working Point for the East-to-West ADA Module

Follow these steps to set the east-to-west ADA module working point:
Note
Perform the following setup on OADM sites only.
Note
Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information about using the software. Open the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Insert the appropriate information to calculate the ADA module output for an OADM site. (Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software program help files, if applicable.) Select the ADA module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Choose the output power command (OutPwr2) of the module and set the working point according to calculations performed in the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Save the value.
Note Step 6
If the Act button is not clicked, the settings will not be saved. Select the output power item (OutPwr2) and click in the column next to it. A check mark appears next to the parameter. Store the checked items permanently and verify that the operation completes.
Setting the Working Point for the West-to-East ADA Module

Follow these steps to set the west-to-east ADA module working point:
Note
This procedure is performed only at OADM sites with partial band demultiplexing.
4-47
Site Setup and Test
Note
Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information about using the software.
Open the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software application. Insert the appropriate information for an OADM site to calculate the ADA module output. Select the ADA module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Set the output power command (OutPwr1) according to the calculation conducted by the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Save the setting. Select the OutPwr1 parameter of the ADA module and click in the column next to it. A check mark appears next to the parameter. Store the checked item permanently and verify that it completes.
East-to-West Inserted-Channels Equalization

Follow these steps to check the flatness of inserted channels at an east-to-west OADM site:
Note
This procedure is performed only at OADM sites with partial demultiplexing. Refer to the vendor manual for specific information about the operation of the OSA. Remove the fiber from the ADA module OUT port of the OADM-P4 module in slot 9 of shelf 2. (Refer to Figure 4-7.)
Step 1
4-48
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Figure 4-7
Slot 1 PRE-L
East-to-West Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections

Subrack 1 Slot 3 Slot 4 BBA PRE-L Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA Subrack 2 Slot 11
OADM-P4-R1
MON
Slot 2 RBA
Slot 9
OADM-P4-R1
MON
Slot 13
ADA
ADA IN OUT
ADA IN OUT
MON MON 2 1
MON MON B R
MON MON B R 9 11 OUT OUT 9 11 OUT OUT OUTOUT 2 1
IN
MON OUT
MON
IN
MON OUT
MON
13 15 OUT OUT
13 15 OUT OUT
IN 2
IN 1
Light source
5 dB fixed attenuators
Connect the OSA to the ADA module OUT port of the OADM-P4 module in slot 9 of shelf 2. Measure the signal strength of channels in dBm. Average the measurements of the channels.
Table 4-26 shows one way to determine whether channel strengths are within specification. A typical screen on the OSA looks like Figure 4-8.
69210
4-49
Site Setup and Test
Table 4-26 East-to-West Inserted Channels Strength Specification
Channel1 15 13 11 9 23 21 19 17
Equals Average of channels 13 and 15 Average of channels 13 and 15 Average of channels 13 and 15 plus 2 Average of channels 13 and 15 plus 4 Average of all channels Average of all channels Average of all channels Average of all channels
Range 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB
1. Data in this table is repeated in west-to-east testing for reference purposes.
Figure 4-8
West-to-East Inserted-Channels Equalization

Follow these steps to check the flatness of inserted channels at a west-to-east OADM site:
Note
This procedure is performed only at OADM sites. Refer to the vendor manual for specific information about the operation of the OSA.
4-50
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Step 1
Connect the OSA to the ADA OUT port of the OADM-P4 module in slot 11 of shelf 2. (Refer to Figure 4-9.)
Figure 4-9
Slot 1 PRE-L
West-to-East Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections

Subrack 1 Slot 3 Slot 4 BBA PRE-L Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA Slot 9
MON
Slot 2 RBA
Subrack 2 Slot 13 Slot 11

MON
OADM-P4-R1 ADA OADM-P4-R1
ADA IN OUT
MON MON 2 1
ADA IN OUT
MON MON B R
MON MON B R 9 11 OUT OUT OUTOUT 2 1 9 11 OUT OUT
IN
MON OUT
MON
IN
MON OUT
MON
13 15 OUT OUT
IN 2
IN 1
13 15 OUT OUT
Light source
Measure the channel signal strength in dBm. Average the channel measurements. Use Table 4-26 to determine whether the channel strengths are within specification.
2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Setup and Test

Warning
Note
All procedures must be performed in the order presented. This section provides the 2.5-Gbps regeneration site setup and test procedures.
69209
4-51
Site Setup and Test

Note
Note
Note
Step 1

Step 2

Note
Priority 1 2 3
Transponder Type 10 Gbps No-FEC 2.5 Gbps No-FEC without RXT modules 2.5 Gbps or 622 Mbps No-FEC with RXT modules
4-52
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Priority 4 5
Transponder Type 10 Gbps OB-FEC 2.5 Gbps OB-FEC
Note

Step 3

Connect a PC to the system using an EIA/TIA-232 (RS-232) cable connected to the local craft interface located on the front of shelf one. Open the local terminal software. Select a serial port from the Connection menu. Select the Internet protocol (IP) address of the CMP module. Choose NE Inventory under Configuration Management, and verify that all occupied module slots are checked.
4-53
Site Setup and Test
With the BAT modules in shelf one turned OFF, unplug and reinsert the SCF module and CMP module. Verify that the control bus cable is correctly installed. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) Verify that the subrack addressing is correct. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) If a module or subrack is not recognized after these steps, there may be a short circuit between the connector pins of a module and the subrack. Visually identify the problem and repair or replace as necessary.
Warning

Step 1 Step 2
In the local terminal software, select TPA-R module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-28. Repeat for the TPA-B module and PRE-L module.
Direction East
Amplifier Module TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L
Slot 1 2 3 1 2 3
Setting East-to-West East-to-West West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East East-to-West
West
TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L

At the factory, the optical output power of an amplifier is configured to an unknown power class. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to configure the amplifier power class. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information on changing the power class. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to set the ADA module working point and to calculate output power.
4-54
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Refer to site engineering documentation for network design and specific setup information. Table 4-29 and Table 4-30 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red band. Table 4-31 shows typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red bands. The amplifier output for the blue and red bands are set on a per class basis (low, mid, or high). Amplifier power output is regulated in the continuous range mode by selecting a setpoint value within the range. Use the appropriate setup to provision the system.
Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x28 LEAF TWF LSF DSF 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 Low 1-2 1 1 1-2 1 1 1 1-2 1 1-2 1-2 Mid 3-4 2-3 2 3-4 2-3 2-3 2-3 3-4 2-3 3-4 3-4 High 5-8 4-6 3-4 5-8 4-6 4 4 5-8 4-6
4-55
Site Setup and Test
1-6 1-4 1-8 1-8 1-3 4-5 5-8
1-12 1-12 1-24 1-5
13-24 13-24

Warning
Caution
Note
Note
Note
4-56
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Table 4-32 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Regeneration Sites
Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point TPA-B module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +2 to +10 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 High-Class Power (dBm) +13.5 to +17 +16.5 to +20.5 +15.5 to +17.5 +11 to +16 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +14 to +16.5 +2 to +10 +17 to +20.5 +16 to +18 +11 to +15.5 +0.5 to +6.5
1
OPM OPM

Follow these steps to check the multiplexer module red- and blue-band output at a site:
Step 1
Note
Multiplexer output power level readings are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software at the input to the TPA-B modules and TPA-R modules. The accuracy of local terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for instructions to select the TPA-R module or the TPA-B module on the Network Element screen. The value for module input power is specified in Table 4-33.
Step 2
4-57
Site Setup and Test
Output Power (dBm) Multiplexer Output power range Number of Channels 8 4 8-Channel Wavelength Combiner Red Band (8WC-F) module Output power range With 2.5-Gbps channels With four 2.5-Gbps channels and one 10-Gbps channel
Step 3
Min. 4.5 7.5
Nom. 2.5 5.5
Max. 0.5 3.5
8-Channel Wavelength Multiplexer Blue Band (8WM-F) module
24 12 8
4 8 10
2 5 7
0 3 5

Note
4-58
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Figure 4-10 8WC-F Module Wavelength Converter Module and Monitor Output
2WC-F
OUTPUT MO N OUT
P/N
INPUT 1 2
Serial number
Laser warning label
From 8WM-F module

Step 4
Channels Unit 8WC-F module equalization tolerance (P = average channel power of channels 1328) 1328 12 and 29 11 and 30 10 and 31 9 and 32
Equalization and Pre-emphasis (dB) Min P 1.5 P 0.5 P + 0.5 P + 1.5 P + 2.5 Nominal P P+1 P+2 P+3 P+4 Max P + 1.5 P + 2.5 P + 3.5 P + 4.5 P + 5.5
Note
69208
4-59
Site Setup and Test


Step 1
4-60
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Figure 4-11 TPA-R Module OSC Measurement Setup

MON OUT
MON
Step 2

Step 1 Step 2
Caution
Step 3

Step 1
69017
4-61
Site Setup and Test
Note
Step 9
Note

Note
4-62
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Output Power (dBm)1 Module PRE-L Blue band Red band 5 +8 +5 +13 Min Max
Caution
Step 8

Step 1
Caution
Step 7
4-63
Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test
Site Setup and Test


Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Caution
Step 4 Step 5
10-Gbps Setup and Test

This section contains the setup and test procedures for all 10-Gbps sites.
10-Gbps Terminal Site Setup and Test

Warning
4-64
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test
Note
For 10-Gbps sites a GFF-R is recommended for spans that have losses up to 29 db provided that ideal MAL and tolerated MAL rules are complied with.
Note
All procedures must be performed in the order presented. This section provides the 10-Gbps terminal site setup and test procedures.

Note
Note
Note
Step 1

Step 2

Note
4-65
Site Setup and Test
Priority 1 2 3 4 5
Note

Step 3

Step 1
Connect a PC to the system using an EIA/TIA-232 (RS-232) cable connected to the local craft interface located on the front of shelf one.
4-66
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Open the local terminal software. Select a serial port from the Connection menu. Select the Internet protocol (IP) address of the CMP module. Choose NE Inventory under Configuration Management, and verify that all occupied module slots are checked. With the BAT modules in shelf one turned OFF, unplug and reinsert the SCF module and CMP module. Verify that the control bus cable is correctly installed. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) Verify that the subrack addressing is correct. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) If a module or subrack is not recognized after these steps, there may be a short circuit between the connector pins of a module and the subrack. Visually identify the problem and repair or replace as necessary.
Warning

Step 1 Step 2
In the local terminal software, select TPA-R module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-37. Repeat for the TPA-B module, PRE-L module, RBA-10G-E module, and BBA-10G module.
Direction East
Amplifier Module TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L RBA-10G-E BBA-10G
Slot 1 2 3 9 10 1 2 3 9 10
Setting East-to-West East-to-West West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East East-to-West East-to-West East-to-West
West
TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L RBA-10G-E BBA-10G
If the line direction of an amplifier is not configured correctly, reset it using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for amplifier configuration information.
4-67
Site Setup and Test
The module communication setup procedure is complete.

At the factory, the optical output power of an amplifier is configured to an unknown power class. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to configure the amplifier power class. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information on changing the power class. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to set the ADA module working point and to calculate output power. Refer to site engineering documentation for network design and specific setup information. Table 4-38, Table 4-39, and Table 4-40 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red band.Table 4-41 and Table 4-42 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red bands. The amplifier output for the blue and red bands are set on a per class basis (low, mid, or high). Amplifier power output is regulated in the continuous range mode by selecting a setpoint value within the range. Use the appropriate setup to provision the system.
Table 4-38 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (No FEC)
Blue Band Booster (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x17 5x22 5x25 ELEAF, TW-RS 5x17 5x22 5x25 TW+ 5x17 5x22 5x25 TWC 5x17 5x22 5x25 LSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 DSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 1-3 1 1-3 1 1-2 1 1-2 1 1-2 1 Low 1-2 1 Mid 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 1 4-6 2 1 4-5 2 1 3-4 2 3-4 2 3-4 2 High 5-8 3-4 2 5-8 3-4 2 5-6 3-4 2
Red Band Booster (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-5 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-5 1-3 1-2 1-3 1-2 1-2 1-5 1-3 1-2 1-5 1-3 1-2 4-5 3-4 5 Mid 6-10 4-7 3-4 5-10 4-7 3-4 6-10 4-7 3-4 4-7 3-5 3-4 6-10 4-8 3-4 High 11-20 8-14 5-8 11-20 8-14 5-8 11-16 8-14 5-8 8-14 6-10 5-7
4-68
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Table 4-39 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (IB-FEC)
Blue Band Booster (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x17 5x22 5x25 ELEAF, TL, TW-RS 5x17 L 1-3 1-2 1 1-3 M 4-5 3 2 4-5 H 6-8 4-6 3-4 6-8
Red Band Booster (TPA-R and RBA) L 1-5 1-4 1-2 1-5 M 6-11 5-8 3-4 6-11 H 12-24 9-16 5-12 12-24
5x22 5x25 TW+ 5x17 5x22 5x25 TWC 5x17 5x22 5x25 LSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 DSF 5x17 5x22 5x25
1-2 1 1-2 1-2 1 1-2 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1
3 2 3-4 3 2 3-4 3 2 4-5 3 2 4 3 2
4-6 3-4 5-6 4-6 3-4 4 3-4 6-8 4-6 3-4 4 3-4
1-4 1-2 1-4 1-4 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2
5-8 3-4 5-8 5-8 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4
9-16 5-12 9-16 9-16 5-12 9-16 8-14 5-9 9-12 8-10 5-6 8 5-8
4-69
Site Setup and Test
Table 4-40 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC)
Fiber Type
Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) NOTE Low 1-3 Mid 4-6 High 7-8 Low 1-6 Mid 7-12 High 13-24
All Links SMF ELEAF TW-RS Teralight TWC TW+ LSF All Links All Links Full chs. Count links 1x28...5x21
1-6 1-4 1-8 5-8
1-12 1-6 1-24
13-24 7-12 13-24
Reduced chs. 1-3 Count (28) links 1x34...5x25 DSF All Links 1-3
4-6
7-8
1-10
11-20
4-5
1-5
Table 4-41 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Full Channel Count
Fiber Type SMF ELEAF TW-RS Teralight TW+
Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Low 1-3 Mid 4-6 High 7-8
1-4
5-8
1-6
7-12
13-24
4-70
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Table 4-42 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Reduced Channel Count
Fiber Type 30 chs on SMF (6B+24R) 30 chs on ELEAF & Teralight (6B+24R) 30 chs on TW-RS (6B+24R) 30 chs on TWC (6B+24R) 28 chs on TW+ (4B+24R) 28 chs on LSF (8B+20R) 10 chs on DSF (5B+5R)
Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Low 1-2 1-2 Mid 3-4 (3) 3-4 High 5-6 (4) 5-6
Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-6 1-6 Mid 7-12 7-12 High 13-24 13-24
1-2 1-6 1-2 1-3 1-3
3-4
5-6
1-6 1-12
7-12 13-24 7-12 11-20
13-24
3 4-6 4-5
4 7-8
1-6 1-10 1-5
13-24
The amplifier power class setup procedure is complete.

Warning
Caution
Note
4-71
Site Setup and Test
Note
Note
Table 4-43 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Terminal Sites
Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point TPA-B module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +2 to +10 +9 to +13 High-Class Power (dBm) +13.5 to +17 +16.5 to +20.5 +15.5 to +17.5 +11 to +16 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +14 to +20.5 +17 to +20.5 +16 to +18 +11 to +15.5 +0.5 to +6.5 6 to +6 +14 to +16.5 +2 to +10 +14 to +17.5
1
OPM OPM
PRE-L module monitor output powerred Local terminal software, +7.5 to +13.5 band manual system test BBA module input power BBA module output power RBA module output powerblue band + red band + OSC RBA module output powerred band RBA module output powerblue band RBA module output powerOSC only BBA-10G module input power BBA-10G module output power RBA-10G-E module input power RBA-10G-E module output power Local terminal software 6 to +6 Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5 OPM OPM OPM OPM +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5
Local terminal software 6 to +6 measure OPM +12.5 to +15.5 Local terminal software +2 to +10 measure OPM +11.5 to +15.5
1. The OSC output depends on the value used to attenuate the signal .

4-72
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Step 1
Note
Multiplexer output power level readings are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software at the input to the TPA-B modules and TPA-R modules. The accuracy of local terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for instructions to select the TPA-R module or the TPA-B module on the Network Element screen. The value for module input power is specified in Table 4-44.
Step 2
Output Power (dBm) Multiplexer Output power range Number of Channels 8 4 8-Channel Wavelength Combiner Red Band (8WC-F) module Output power range With 10-Gbps channels
Step 3
Min. 4.5 7.5
Nom. 2.5 5.5
Max. 0.5 3.5
10

Note
4-73
Site Setup and Test
2WC-F
OUTPUT MO N OUT
P/N
INPUT 1 2
Serial number
Laser warning label
From 8WM-F module

Step 4
Note
4-74
69208
78-13121-03
Chapter 4


Step 1
4-75
Site Setup and Test

MON OUT
MON
Step 2

Step 1 Step 2
Caution
Step 3

Step 1
4-76
69017
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Note
Step 9
Note

Note
4-77
Site Setup and Test
Caution
Step 8

Step 1
Caution
Step 7
4-78
78-13121-03
Chapter 4


Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Caution
Step 4 Step 5
RBA-10G-E Module Output Power Measurement

Use this procedure to measure the RBA-10G-E module output power.
Step 1
Carefully unplug the TPA-B module in slot 2 and the Line Service Modem module (LSM-W) from the backplane by reversing the installation procedure in Chapter 3, Site Installation. Do not remove the modules from the subrack. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA-10G-E module in slot 1. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the slot-3 PRE-L module to the MON port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.
4-79
Site Setup and Test
Step 5 Step 6
Use the OPM connected to the RBA-10G-E module in slot 1 to measure the RBA-10G-E module output power in dBm and mW. Verify that the RBA-10G-E module red-band output power in dBm and mW meets the RBA-10G-E specification for the appropriate power class.
Caution
Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module.
Step 7
BBA-10G Module Output Power Measurement

Use this procedure to measure the BBA-10G module red-band output power.
Step 1
Carefully unplug the TPA-B module in slot 2 and the Line Service Modem module (LSM-W) from the backplane by reversing the installation procedure in Chapter 3, Site Installation. Do not remove the modules from the subrack. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the BBA-10G module in slot 8. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the slot-3 PRE-L module to the MON port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Use the OPM connected to the BBA-10G module in slot 8 to measure the BBA-10G module output power in dBm and mW. Verify that the BBA-10G module output power in dBm and mW meets the BBA-10G specification for the appropriate power class.
Caution
Step 7

This section provides the mid-amplifier loss values dependent on the loss of the span preceding the OLA site. These values are different between each band as shown in Table 4-47.
Note
4-80
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Red and Blue Bands Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification

Use the following procedures to activate the OLA amplifiers:
Step 1 Step 2
Connect a laser source to the PRE-L module input. Turn the laser source on.
4-81
Site Setup and Test
Step 3 Step 4
Connect an optical fiber jumper between the PRE-L module (red band) MON port and to the MON port of the 8WC-F module. Set the safety override command to RBA-10G-E module.

Measure the PRE-L module (red band) output power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Measure the RBA-10G-E or BBA-10G module input power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. The MAL value is the difference between the power level measured on the preceding steps 1 and 2.
Booster Amplifier Threshold Settings

The following paragraphs provide the input and output booster amplifier threshold settings.
RBA and RBA-10G-E Module Input Power Threshold Setting

The RBA and RBA-10G-E factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB. When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-48 need to be applied.
Table 4-48 RBA and RBA-10G-E Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB
MAL MAL 15 (factory default thresholds) 16 MAL 17 18 MAL 19
Degrade Low -6.5 -9.5 -14
Fail Low -9 -12 -16.5
Input power threshold setting changes are performed using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.
RBA and RBA-10G-E Module Output Power Threshold Setting

The RBA and RBA-10G-E factory default output power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 17 dB. The RBA and RBA-10G-E output power thresholds (degrade low and degrade high) are automatically calculated according to a nominal value for each power class. Table 4-49 lists the nominal RBA module output power values (dBm).
Table 4-49 RBA Module Nominal Output Power
MAL MAL 17 (factory default thresholds) MAL 17
Low Class 11 9.5
Mid Class 14 12.5
High Class 16.5 15
4-82
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Table 4-50 list the nominal RBA-10G-E module output power values (dBm).
Table 4-50 RBA-10G-E Module Nominal Output Power
Low Class 13.5 12
Mid Class 16.5 15
High Class 18.5 17
Output power threshold setting changes are performed using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software.
BBA and BBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting

The BBA and BBA-10G factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB. When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-51 need to be applied.
Table 4-51 BBA and BBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB
Degrade Low -23 -28 -32
Fail Low -24 -29 -33
Input power threshold settings are performed using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.
BBA and BBA-10G Module Output Power Threshold Setting

The BBA and BBA-10G factory default output power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 13 dB. The BBA and BBA-10G module output power thresholds (degrade low and degrade high) are automatically calculated according to a nominal value for each power class. Table 4-52 lists the nominal output power values for the BBA module in dBm.
Table 4-52 BBA Module Nominal Output Power
Span Budget MAL 13 (factory default thresholds) 14 MAL 17 18 MAL 19
Low Class 12 9.75 8.25
Mid Class 14 11.75 10.25
High Class 15.25 13 11.5
Table 4-53 lists the nominal output power values for the BBA-10G module in dBm.
Table 4-53 BBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power
Span Budget MAL 13 (factory default thresholds)
Low Class 12
Mid Class 14
High Class 15.25
4-83
Site Setup and Test
Table 4-53 BBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power (continued)
Span Budget 14 MAL 17 18 MAL 19
Low Class 9.75 8.25
Mid Class 11.75 10.25
High Class 13 11.5
Output power threshold settings are performed using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software.
10-Gbps Optical Line Site Setup and Test

Warning
Warning
Disconnect all outside plant fibers before OADM site optical safety tests are performed. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.
Note
For 10-Gbps sites a GFF-R is recommended for spans that have losses up to 29 db provided that ideal MAL and tolerated MAL rules are complied with.
Note
The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software as the input power to the RBA module and BBA modules.
Note
The accuracy of local terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm. For more information, refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.
Note
All procedures must be performed in the order presented. This section provides the 10-Gbps OLA site setup and test procedures.

4-84
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Note
Note
Note
Step 1

Step 2

Note
Priority 1 2 3 4 5
4-85
Site Setup and Test
Note

Step 3

Connect a PC to the system using an EIA/TIA-232 (RS-232) cable connected to the local craft interface located on the front of shelf one. Open the local terminal software. Select a serial port from the Connection menu. Select the Internet protocol (IP) address of the CMP module. Choose NE Inventory under Configuration Management, and verify that all occupied module slots are checked. With the BAT modules in shelf one turned OFF, unplug and reinsert the SCF module and CMP module. Verify that the control bus cable is correctly installed. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) Verify that the subrack addressing is correct. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.)
4-86
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Step 7
If a module or subrack is not recognized after these steps, there may be a short circuit between the connector pins of a module and the subrack. Visually identify the problem and repair or replace as necessary.
Warning

Step 1 Step 2
In the local terminal software, select RBA module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-55. Repeat for the PRE-L module and BBA module.
Direction East-West
Amplifier Module PRE-L BBA RBA
Slot 1 3 2 1 3 2
West-East
PRE-L BBA RBA

At the factory, the optical output power of an amplifier is configured to an unknown power class. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to configure the amplifier power class. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information on changing the power class. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to set the ADA module working point and to calculate output power. Refer to site engineering documentation for network design and specific setup information. Table 4-56, Table 4-57, and Table 4-58 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red band. Table 4-59 and Table 4-60 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red bands.
4-87
Site Setup and Test
The amplifier output for the blue and red bands are set on a per class basis (low, mid, or high). Amplifier power output is regulated in the continuous range mode by selecting a setpoint value within the range. Use the appropriate setup to provision the system.
5x22 5x25
1-2 1
3 2
4-6 3-4
1-4 1-2
5-8 3-4
9-16 5-12
4-88
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Table 4-57 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (IB-FEC) (continued)
Blue Band Booster (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber TW+ Span Budget 5x17 5x22 5x25 TWC 5x17 5x22 5x25 LSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 DSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 L 1-2 1-2 1 1-2 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1 M 3-4 3 2 3-4 3 2 4-5 3 2 4 3 2 4 3-4 4 3-4 6-8 4-6 3-4 H 5-6 4-6 3-4
Red Band Booster (TPA-R and RBA) L 1-4 1-4 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 M 5-8 5-8 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 8 5-8 H 9-16 9-16 5-12 9-16 8-14 5-9 9-12 8-10 5-6
Fiber Type
1-6 1-4 1-8 5-8
1-12 1-6 1-24
13-24 7-12 13-24
4-6
7-8
1-10
11-20
4-5
1-5
4-89
Site Setup and Test
1-4
5-8
1-6
7-12
13-24
1-2 1-6 1-2 1-3 1-3
3-4
5-6
1-6 1-12
7-12 13-24 7-12 11-20
13-24
3 4-6 4-5
4 7-8
1-6 1-10 1-5
13-24

Warning
4-90
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Caution
Note
Note
Note
Table 4-61 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Line Amplification Sites
Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point TPA-B module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 High-Class Power (dBm) +13.5 to +17 +16.5 to +20.5 +15.5 to +17.5 +11 to +16 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +14 to +20.5 +17 to +20.5 +16 to +18 +11 to +15.5 +0.5 to +6.5
1
OPM OPM
PRE-L module monitor output powerred Local terminal software, +7.5 to +13.5 band manual system test BBA module input power BBA module output power RBA module output powerblue band + red band + OSC RBA module output powerred band RBA module output powerblue band RBA module output powerOSC only Local terminal software 6 to +6 Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5 OPM OPM OPM OPM +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5
4-91
Site Setup and Test
Table 4-61 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Line Amplification Sites (continued)
Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point BBA-10G module input power BBA-10G module output power RBA-10G-E module input power RBA-10G-E module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) Low-Class Power (dBm) 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +2 to +10 +9 to +13 High-Class Power (dBm) 6 to +6 +14 to +16.5 +2 to +10 +14 to +17.5

Step 1
East-to-west
West-to-east
IN
MON
MON OUT
IN
MON
MON OUT
Laser source
Optical power meter
Step 2 Step 3
Attach an optical source to the IN port of the slot-1 PRE-L module. Set the OPM to read in dBm. Measure the LSM-W module output power.
4-92
69212
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Step 4
Verify that the LSM-W module OSC measurement meets the specification for the RBA module OSC-only.

Step 1
Figure 4-15 West-to-East Amplifier Power Output Setup
East-to-west
West-to-east
IN
MON
MON OUT
IN
MON
MON OUT

69211
Laser source
Optical power meter
4-93
Site Setup and Test
Note
The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with local terminal software as the input to the RBA module and BBA module.
Note
The accuracy of measurements taken with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software is 1.0 dBm. For more information, refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.
Connect a light source to the IN port of the east-to-west PRE-L module in slot 1. Turn the light source on. The PRE-L module MAJ alarm LED should switch off. Select the BBA module in slot 2 on the Network Element screen. Choose the input power command (InPwr1) on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the BBA module value is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-62.

Connect a light source to the IN port of the west-to-east PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. The PRE-L module in slot 4 alarm LED should switch off. Select the RBA module in slot 5 on the Network Element screen. Choose the input power command (InPwr1) from the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the RBA module input power value is within the specifications for PRE-L module red band.
4-94
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Choose the BBA module in slot 5 on the Network Element screen. Verify that the item (InPwr1) meets the specifications listed for PRE-L module blue band. Turn off the light source. Disconnect the light source from the IN port of the west-to-east PRE-L module in slot 4.
Note
Caution
Step 6

4-95
Site Setup and Test
Caution
Step 7

Reinstall the BBA module in slot 2 in the backplane. Turn on the light source. Verify that the value on the OPM increases and that the MAJ alarm LED switches off on the RBA module in slot 3. Measure the red- and blue-band combined output in mW as indicated on the OPM for the RBA in slot 3 module.
Caution
Step 5

Step 1
Step 2 Step 3
Step 4
4-96
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Caution
Note
The manual safety override is necessary to prevent the amplifiers from switching off before the output power can be measured and recorded. This setup will allow the measurement of the west-to-east amplifiers. Install an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Connect the OPM with an optical fiber jumper cable to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 6. Connect a light source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. Verify that the reading on the OPM increases and that the MAJ alarm LED switches off on the RBA module in slot 6. When the MAJ alarm LED is off, the laser in the RBA module is on.
Caution
Step 6

4-97
Site Setup and Test
Caution
Step 7

Caution
Step 6

4-98
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Caution
Step 4

Note

Link Data Span Loss (dB) 14 15 16 Typical Span Length [km] (@ 0.25 dB/Km) 56 60 64
Blue Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps Ideal MAL 0 0 0 SMF 9 9 10 HEF1 4 4 4
Red Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps GFF Y Y Y Ideal MAL 13 13 13 SMF 14 14 14 HEF1 14 14 14
4-99
Site Setup and Test
Table 4-63 Amplifier MAL Regulation (continued)
Link Data Span Loss (dB) 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Typical Span Length [km] (@ 0.25 dB/Km) 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152
Blue Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps Ideal MAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SMF 10 11 11 11 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 18 NA NA NA HEF1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 NA NA NA
Red Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps GFF Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N Ideal MAL 13 12 12 12 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 5 5 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 SMF 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 19 NA NA NA HEF1 14 13 13 13 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 NA NA NA
East-to-West Red and Blue Bands Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification

Connect a laser source to the PRE-L module E-W input. Turn the laser source on. Connect an optical fiber jumper between the E-W PRE-L module (red band) MON port and the W-E PRE-L module IN port. Set the safety override command to RBA E-W module.
4-100
78-13121-03
Chapter 4

West-to-East Red and Blue Bands Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification



RBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting

The RBA factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB. When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-64 need to be applied.
Table 4-64 RBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB
Fail Low -9 -12 -16.5
4-101
Site Setup and Test
RBA Module Output Power Threshold Setting

The RBA factory default output power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 17 dB. The RBA output power thresholds (degrade low and degrade high) are automatically calculated according to a nominal value for each power class. Table 4-65 lists the nominal RBA module output power values (dBm).
Low Class 11 9.5
Mid Class 14 12.5
High Class 16.5 15
BBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting

The BBA factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB. When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-66 need to be applied.
Table 4-66 BBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB
Fail Low -24 -29 -33
BBA Module Output Power Threshold Setting

The BBA factory default output power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 13 dB. The BBA module output power thresholds (degrade low and degrade high) are automatically calculated according to a nominal value for each power class. Table 4-67 lists the nominal output power values for the BBA module in dBm.
Low Class 12 9.75 8.25
Mid Class 14 11.75 10.25
High Class 15.25 13 11.5
4-102
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Setup and Test

Warning
Caution
When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifier modules-or removing connectors from those modules-can cause carbonization of the connectors.
Caution
All outside plant fibers must be disconnected before OADM site optical safety tests are performed. Failure to heed this warning can result in personnel injury.
Note
Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean Cisco ONS 15801 system E-2000 connections.
Note
All modules not meeting the output power specification must be replaced after verification of the losses of the related connections. The test must be repeated until the result is positive.
Note
The accuracy of Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm.
Note
All procedures must be performed in the order presented. This section provides the 10-Gbps OADM site setup and test procedures.

Note
4-103
Site Setup and Test
Note
Note
Step 1

Step 2

Note
Priority 1 2 3 4 5
Optical system ID secondaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side.
4-104
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Optical line ID primaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Optical line ID secondaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Sequential number primaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Sequential number secondaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side.
Note

Step 3

4-105
Site Setup and Test
Warning

Step 1 Step 2
In the local terminal software, select RBA module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-69. Repeat for the PRE-L module and BBA module.
Direction East-West
Amplifier Module PRE-L BBA RBA
Slot 1 3 2 1 3 2
West-East
PRE-L BBA RBA

At the factory, the optical output power of an amplifier is configured to an unknown power class. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to configure the amplifier power class. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information on changing the power class. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to set the ADA module working point and to calculate output power. Refer to site engineering documentation for network design and specific setup information. Table 4-70, Table 4-71, and Table 4-72 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red band. Table 4-73 and Table 4-74 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red bands. The amplifier output for the blue and red bands are set on a per class basis (low, mid, or high). Amplifier power output is regulated in the continuous range mode by selecting a setpoint value within the range. Use the appropriate setup to provision the system.
4-106
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
5x22 5x25 TW+ 5x17 5x22 5x25
1-2 1 1-2 1-2 1
3 2 3-4 3 2
4-6 3-4 5-6 4-6 3-4
1-4 1-2 1-4 1-4 1-2
5-8 3-4 5-8 5-8 3-4
9-16 5-12 9-16 9-16 5-12
4-107
Site Setup and Test
Blue Band Booster (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber TWC Span Budget 5x17 5x22 5x25 LSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 DSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 L 1-2 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1 M 3-4 3 2 4-5 3 2 4 3 2 4 3-4 4 3-4 6-8 4-6 3-4 H
Red Band Booster (TPA-R and RBA) L 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 M 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 8 5-8 H 9-16 8-14 5-9 9-12 8-10 5-6
Fiber Type
1-6 1-4 1-8 5-8
1-12 1-6 1-24
13-24 7-12 13-24
4-6
7-8
1-10
11-20
4-5
1-5
4-108
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
1-4
5-8
1-6
7-12
13-24
1-2 1-6 1-2 1-3 1-3
3-4
5-6
1-6 1-12
7-12 13-24 7-12 11-20
13-24
3 4-6 4-5
4 7-8
1-6 1-10 1-5
13-24

Warning
4-109
Site Setup and Test
Caution
Note
Note
Note
Table 4-75 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
1
OPM OPM
4-110
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Table 4-75 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites (continued)

Step 1
East-to-west
West-to-east
IN
MON
MON OUT
IN
MON
MON OUT
Laser source
Optical power meter
Step 2 Step 3
Attach an optical source to the IN port of the slot-1 PRE-L module. Set the OPM to read in dBm. Measure the LSM-W module output power.
69212
4-111
Site Setup and Test
Step 4
Verify that the LSM-W module OSC measurement meets the specification for the RBA module OSC-only.

Step 1
Figure 4-17 West-to-East Amplifier Power Output Setup
East-to-west
West-to-east
IN
MON
MON OUT
IN
MON
MON OUT

4-112
69211
Laser source
Optical power meter
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Note
The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with local terminal software as the input to the RBA module and BBA module. The accuracy of measurements taken with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software is 1.0 dBm. For more information, refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.
Connect a light source to the IN port of the east-to-west PRE-L module in slot 1. Turn the light source on. The PRE-L module MAJ alarm LED should switch off. Select the BBA module in slot 2 on the Network Element screen. Choose the input power command (InPwr1) on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the BBA module value is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-76.

Connect a light source to the IN port of the west-to-east PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. The PRE-L module in slot 4 alarm LED should switch off. Select the RBA module in slot 5 on the Network Element screen. Choose the input power command (InPwr1) from the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the RBA module input power value is within the specifications for PRE-L module red band. Choose the BBA module in slot 5 on the Network Element screen. Verify that the item (InPwr1) meets the specifications listed for PRE-L module blue band.
4-113
Site Setup and Test
Step 6 Step 7
Turn off the light source. Disconnect the light source from the IN port of the west-to-east PRE-L module in slot 4.
Note
The manual safety override is necessary to prevent the amplifiers from switching off before the output power can be measured and recorded. This setup will allow the measurement of the east-to-west amplifiers. Install an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 to the MON-R port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 3. Connect a light source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Turn on the light source. Verify that the value on the OPM increases and that the MAJ alarm LED switches off for the RBA module in slot 3. When the MAJ alarm LED is off, the RBA module in slot 3 is on.
Caution
Step 6

4-114
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Caution
Step 7

Reinstall the BBA module in slot 2 in the backplane. Turn on the light source. Verify that the value on the OPM increases and that the MAJ alarm LED switches off on the RBA module in slot 3. Measure the red- and blue-band combined output in mW as indicated on the OPM for the RBA in slot 3 module.
Caution
Step 5

Step 1
Step 2 Step 3
Step 4
4-115
Site Setup and Test
Caution
Note
The manual safety override is necessary to prevent the amplifiers from switching off before the output power can be measured and recorded. This setup will allow the measurement of the west-to-east amplifiers. Install an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Connect the OPM with an optical fiber jumper cable to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 6. Connect a light source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. Verify that the reading on the OPM increases and that the MAJ alarm LED switches off on the RBA module in slot 6. When the MAJ alarm LED is off, the laser in the RBA module is on.
Caution
Step 6

4-116
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Caution
Step 7

Caution
Step 6

4-117
Site Setup and Test
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Caution
Step 4
Setting the Working Point for the East-to-West ADA Module

Follow these steps to set the east-to-west ADA module working point:
Note
Perform the following setup on OADM sites only. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information about using the software.
Open the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software application. Insert the appropriate information to calculate the ADA module output for an OADM site. (Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software program help files, if applicable.) Select the ADA module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Choose the output power command (OutPwr2) of the module and set the working point according to calculations performed in Cisco Photonics Tool Kit. Save the value.
4-118
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Note Step 6
If the Act button is not clicked, the settings will not be saved. Select the output power item (OutPwr2) and click in the column next to it. A check mark appears next to the parameter. Store the checked items permanently and verify that the operation completes.
Setting the Working Point for the West-to-East ADA Module

Follow these steps to set the west-to-east ADA module working point:
Note
This procedure is performed only at OADM sites with partial band demultiplexing. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information about using the software.
Open the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software application. Insert the appropriate information for an OADM site to calculate the ADA module output. Select the ADA module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Set the output power command (OutPwr1) according to the calculation conducted by Cisco Photonics Tool Kit. Save the setting. Select the OutPwr1 parameter of the ADA module and click in the column next to it. A check mark appears next to the parameter. Store the checked item permanently and verify that it completes.
East-to-West Inserted-Channels Equalization

Follow these steps to check the flatness of inserted channels at an east-to-west OADM site:
Note
This procedure is performed only at OADM sites with partial demultiplexing. Refer to the vendor manual for specific information about the operation of the OSA.
Step 1
Remove the fiber from the ADA module OUT port of the OADM-P4 module in slot 9 of shelf 2. (Refer to Figure 4-18.)
4-119
Site Setup and Test
Figure 4-18 East-to-West Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections

Slot 1 PRE-L Slot 2 RBA Subrack 1 Slot 3 Slot 4 BBA PRE-L Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA Subrack 2 Slot 11
OADM-P4-R1
MON
Slot 9
OADM-P4-R1
MON
Slot 13
ADA
ADA IN OUT
ADA IN OUT
MON MON 2 1
MON MON B R
MON MON B R 9 11 OUT OUT 9 11 OUT OUT OUTOUT 2 1
IN
MON OUT
MON
IN
MON OUT
MON
13 15 OUT OUT
13 15 OUT OUT
IN 2
IN 1
Light source
Connect the OSA to the ADA module OUT port of the OADM-P4 module in slot 9 of shelf 2. Measure the signal strength of channels in dBm. Average the measurements of the channels. Table 4-77 shows one way to determine whether channel strengths are within specification. A typical screen on the OSA looks like Figure 4-19.
Table 4-77 East-to-West Inserted Channels Strength Specification
Channel 15 13 11 9 23 21 19 17
Equals Average of channels 13 and 15 Average of channels 13 and 15 Average of channels 13 and 15 plus 2 dB Average of channels 13 and 15 plus 4 dB Average of all channels Average of all channels Average of all channels Average of all channels
Range1 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB
1. Data in this table is repeated in west-to-east testing for reference purposes.
4-120
78-13121-03
69213
Chapter 4
Figure 4-19 Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot of Channels from the OADM-P4-Rx Module
West-to-East Inserted-Channels Equalization

Follow these steps to check the flatness of inserted channels at a west-to-east OADM site:
Note
This procedure is performed only at OADM sites. Refer to the vendor manual for specific information about the operation of the OSA.
Step 1
Connect the OSA to the ADA OUT port of the OADM-P4 module in slot 11 of shelf 2. (Refer to Figure 4-20.)
4-121
Site Setup and Test
Figure 4-20 West-to-East Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections

Slot 1 PRE-L Slot 2 RBA Subrack 1 Slot 3 Slot 4 BBA PRE-L Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA Slot 9
MON
Subrack 2 Slot 13 Slot 11

MON
OADM-P4-R1 ADA OADM-P4-R1
ADA IN OUT
MON MON 2 1
ADA IN OUT
MON MON B R
MON MON B R 9 11 OUT OUT OUTOUT 2 1 9 11 OUT OUT
IN
MON OUT
MON
IN
MON OUT
MON
13 15 OUT OUT
IN 2
IN 1
13 15 OUT OUT
Light source
Measure the channel signal strength in dBm. Average the channel measurements. Use Table 4-77 to determine whether the channel strengths are within specification.
Mid-Amplifier Loss Measurement

This section provides the MAL values which depend on the loss of the span preceding the OADM site (Table 4-78).
Note
Note
The MAL2 value must always equal 17 dB (2 dB).
4-122
69214
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
East-to-West Red and Blue Bands Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification

Step 1 Step 2
Connect a laser source to the PRE-L module E-W input. Turn the laser source on.
4-123
Site Setup and Test
Step 3 Step 4
Connect an optical fiber jumper between the E-W PRE-L module (red band) MON port and the W-E PRE-L module IN port. Set the safety override command to RBA E-W module.

West-to-East Red and Blue Bands Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification


Amplifier Regulation
At OADM sites operating at 10-Gbps the amplifiers must be regulated according to the number of channels managed by the OADM site. The minimum number of channels possible at the DCU-R (number 1) and DCU-R (number 2) are 4. The following definitions must be strictly adhered to:
Nin = Nr. of channels entering the site in red band (4-24) Ndrop = Nr. of channels dropped at the site (1-4) Nadd = Nr. of channels added at the site (1-4) Nexp = Nin - Ndrop (0-20)
4-124
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Nout = Nin - Ndrop + Nadd = Nexp + Nadd (4-24)
Amplifiers in both directions (E-W and W-E) must be regulated with the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software according to the following tables.
Table 4-79 Power Class Regulation of RBA-10G-E Modules in 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
NEXP + NDROP 46 712 13
Power class low mid high
Pin OADM [dBm] 10.5 (1) 13.5 (1) 15.5 (1)
4-125
Site Setup and Test
Table 4-80 Power Regulation of ADA Modules in 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
NADD NEXP + NDROP 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Pin OADM [dBm] 10.5 10.5 10.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 1 7.5 6.5 5.7 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.1 5.7 7.4 7.0 6.7 6.5 6.2 5.9 5.7 5.5 5.3 5.1 5.0 5.0 2 10.5 9.5 8.7 11.1 10.5 10.0 9.5 9.1 8.7 10.4 10.0 9.7 9.5 9.2 9.0 8.7 8.5 8.3 8.1 7.9 7.7 3 12.3 11.3 10.5 12.8 12.2 11.7 11.3 10.9 10.5 12.1 11.8 11.5 11.2 11.0 10.7 10.5 10.3 10.0 9.8 9.7 9.5 4 13.5 12.5 11.7 14.1 13.5 13.0 12.5 12.1 11.7 13.4 13.1 12.8 12.5 12.2 12.0 11.7 11.5 11.3 11.1 10.9 10.7
The RBA module must be regulated according to the span budget and fiber type.

RBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting

In OADM 10-Gbps sites the RBA module input power alarm threshold shall be modified using the following values:
RBA input power degrade low threshold = -15 dBm RBA input power fail low threshold -20 dBm
RBA-10G-E Module Input Power Threshold Setting

The RBA-10G-E factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB.
4-126
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-81 need to be applied.
Table 4-81 RBA-10G-E Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB
Fail Low -9 -12 -16.5

Low Class 11 9.5
Mid Class 14 12.5
High Class 16.5 15
Low Class 13.5 12
Mid Class 16.5 15
High Class 18.5 17
BBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting

The BBA factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB. When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-84 need to be applied.
4-127
Site Setup and Test
Table 4-84 BBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB
Fail Low -24 -29 -33
BBA Module Output Power Threshold Setting

The BBA factory default output power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 13 dB. The BBA module output power thresholds (degrade low and degrade high) are automatically calculated according to a nominal value for each power class. Table 4-85 lists the nominal output power values for the BBA module in dBm.
Low Class 12 9.75 8.25
Mid Class 14 11.75 10.25
High Class 15.25 13 11.5
10-Gbps Regeneration Site Setup and Test

Warning
Note
All procedures must be performed in the order presented. This section provides the 10-Gbps regeneration site setup and test procedures.

4-128
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Note
Note
Note
Step 1

Step 2

Note
Priority 1 2 3 4 5
4-129
Site Setup and Test
Note

Step 3

Connect a PC to the system using an EIA/TIA-232 (RS-232) cable connected to the local craft interface located on the front of shelf one. Open the local terminal software. Select a serial port from the Connection menu. Select the Internet protocol (IP) address of the CMP module. Choose NE Inventory under Configuration Management, and verify that all occupied module slots are checked. With the BAT modules in shelf one turned OFF, unplug and reinsert the SCF module and CMP module. Verify that the control bus cable is correctly installed. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) Verify that the subrack addressing is correct. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.)
4-130
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Step 7
If a module or subrack is not recognized after these steps, there may be a short circuit between the connector pins of a module and the subrack. Visually identify the problem and repair or replace as necessary.
Warning

Step 1 Step 2
In the local terminal software, select TPA-R module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-87. Repeat for the TPA-B module, PRE-L module, RBA-10G-E module, and BBA-10G module.
Direction East
Amplifier Module TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L RBA-10G-E BBA-10G
Slot 1 2 3 9 10 1 2 3 9 10
Setting East-to-West East-to-West West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East East-to-West East-to-West East-to-West
West
TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L RBA-10G-E BBA-10G

At the factory, the optical output power of an amplifier is configured to an unknown power class. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to configure the amplifier power class. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information on changing the power class. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to set the ADA module working point and to calculate output power.
4-131
Site Setup and Test
Refer to site engineering documentation for network design and specific setup information. Table 4-88, Table 4-89, and Table 4-90 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red band. Table 4-91 and Table 4-92 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red bands. The amplifier output for the blue and red bands are set on a per class basis (low, mid, or high). Amplifier power output is regulated in the continuous range mode by selecting a setpoint value within the range. Use the appropriate setup to provision the system.
Blue Band Booster (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x17 5x22 5x25 L 1-3 1-2 1 M 4-5 3 2 H 6-8 4-6 3-4
Red Band Booster (TPA-R and RBA) L 1-5 1-4 1-2 M 6-11 5-8 3-4 H 12-24 9-16 5-12
4-132
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Blue Band Booster (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber ELEAF, TL, TW-RS Span Budget 5x17 L 1-3 M 4-5 H 6-8
Red Band Booster (TPA-R and RBA) L 1-5 M 6-11 H 12-24
5x22 5x25 TW+ 5x17 5x22 5x25 TWC 5x17 5x22 5x25 LSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 DSF 5x17 5x22 5x25
1-2 1 1-2 1-2 1 1-2 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1
3 2 3-4 3 2 3-4 3 2 4-5 3 2 4 3 2
4-6 3-4 5-6 4-6 3-4 4 3-4 6-8 4-6 3-4 4 3-4
1-4 1-2 1-4 1-4 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2
5-8 3-4 5-8 5-8 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4
9-16 5-12 9-16 9-16 5-12 9-16 8-14 5-9 9-12 8-10 5-6 8 5-8
Fiber Type
1-6 1-4 1-8 5-8
1-12 1-6 1-24
13-24 7-12 13-24
4-6
7-8
1-10
11-20
4-5
1-5
4-133
Site Setup and Test
1-4
5-8
1-6
7-12
13-24
1-2 1-6 1-2 1-3 1-3
3-4
5-6
1-6 1-12
7-12 13-24 7-12 11-20
13-24
3 4-6 4-5
4 7-8
1-6 1-10 1-5
13-24

Warning
4-134
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Caution
Note
Note
Note
Table 4-93 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Regeneration Sites
1
OPM OPM
4-135
Site Setup and Test
Table 4-93 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Regeneration Sites (continued)

Step 1
Note
Multiplexer output power level readings are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software at the input to the TPA-B module and TPA-R module. The accuracy of local terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for instructions to select the TPA-R module or TPA-B module on the Network Element screen. The value for module input power is specified in Table 4-94.
Step 2
Output Power (dBm) Multiplexer Output power range Number of Channels 8 4 8-Channel Wavelength Combiner Red Band (8WC-F) module Output power range With 10-Gbps channels
Step 3
Min. 4.5 7.5
Nom. 2.5 5.5
Max. 0.5 3.5
10
4-136
78-13121-03
Chapter 4

Note
2WC-F
OUTPUT MO N OUT
P/N
INPUT 1 2
Serial number
Laser warning label
From 8WM-F module

Step 4
69208
4-137
Site Setup and Test
Note
Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean Cisco ONS 15801 system E-2000 connections. If any active red-band channels are missing, locate the source of the failure (e.g., transmitter output power, cabling, or multiplexer path loss) and correct it. Disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 8WC-F module. Repeat Steps 4-6 for each 8WC-F module located in the site configuration.


Step 1
4-138
78-13121-03
Chapter 4

MON OUT
MON
Step 2

Step 1 Step 2
Caution
Step 3

Step 1
69017
4-139
Site Setup and Test
Note
Step 9
Note

Note
4-140
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Table 4-96 Terminal Site Output Power Range of PRE-L Module
Caution
Step 8

Step 1
Caution
Step 7
4-141
Site Setup and Test


Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Caution
Step 4 Step 5
RBA-10G-E Module Output Power Measurement

Use this procedure to measure the RBA-10G-E module output power.
Step 1
Carefully unplug the TPA-B module in slot 2 and the Line Service Modem module (LSM-W) from the backplane by reversing the installation procedure in Chapter 3, Site Installation. Do not remove the modules from the subrack. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA-10G-E module in slot 1. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the slot-3 PRE-L module to the MON port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.
4-142
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Step 5 Step 6
Use the OPM connected to the RBA-10G-E module in slot 1 to measure the RBA-10G-E module output power in dBm and mW. Verify that the RBA-10G-E module red-band output power in dBm and mW meets the RBA-10G-E specification for the appropriate power class.
Caution
Step 7
BBA-10G Module Output Power Measurement

Use this procedure to measure the BBA-10G module red-band output power.
Step 1
Carefully unplug the TPA-B module in slot 2 and the Line Service Modem module (LSM-W) from the backplane by reversing the installation procedure in Chapter 3, Site Installation. Do not remove the modules from the subrack. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the BBA-10G module in slot 8. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the slot-3 PRE-L module to the MON port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Use the OPM connected to the BBA-10G module in slot 8 to measure the BBA-10G module output power in dBm and mW. Verify that the BBA-10G module output power in dBm and mW meets the BBA-10G specification for the appropriate power class.
Caution
Step 7

Note
4-143
Site Setup and Test
Red and Blue Bands Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification

Use the following procedures to activate the OLA amplifiers:
Step 1 Step 2
Connect a laser source to the PRE-L module input. Turn the laser source on.
4-144
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Step 3 Step 4
Connect an optical fiber jumper between the PRE-L module (red band) MON port and to the MON port of the 8WC-F module. Set the safety override command to RBA-10G-E module.

Measure the PRE-L module (red band) output power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Measure the RBA-10G-E or BBA-10G module input power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. The MAL value is the difference between the power level measured on the preceding steps 1 and 2.

RBA and RBA-10G-E Module Input Power Threshold Setting

The RBA and RBA-10G-E factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB. When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-98 need to be applied.
Table 4-98 RBA and RBA-10G-E Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB
Fail Low -9 -12 -16.5

Low Class 11 9.5
Mid Class 14 12.5
High Class 16.5 15
4-145
Site Setup and Test
Low Class 13.5 12
Mid Class 16.5 15
High Class 18.5 17
BBA and BBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting

The BBA and BBA-10G factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB. When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-101 need to be applied.
Table 4-101 BBA and BBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB
Fail Low -24 -29 -33
BBA and BBA-10G Module Output Power Threshold Setting

The BBA and BBA-10G factory default output power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 13 dB. The BBA and BBA-10G module output power thresholds (degrade low and degrade high) are automatically calculated according to a nominal value for each power class. Table 4-102 lists the nominal output power values for the BBA module in dBm.
Low Class 12 9.75 8.25
Mid Class 14 11.75 10.25
High Class 15.25 13 11.5
Table 4-103 lists the nominal output power values for the BBA-10G module in dBm.
Table 4-103 BBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power
Span Budget MAL 13 (factory default thresholds)
Low Class 12
Mid Class 14
High Class 15.25
4-146
78-13121-03
Chapter 4
Table 4-103 BBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power (continued)
Span Budget 14 MAL 17 18 MAL 19
Low Class 9.75 8.25
Mid Class 11.75 10.25
High Class 13 11.5
4-147
Site Setup and Test
4-148
78-13121-03
C H A P T E R
This chapter covers system installation tests for signal transfer between multiple sites in the Cisco ONS 15801 system. Use these tests in conjunction with the single-site setup procedures in Chapter 4, Site Setup and Test. Tests are performed on each individual site to test signal transfer between the sites. These steps are performed after each system site is installed and after all outside plant optical fiber connections are made. General configuration instructions can be found in the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System. Diagrams for standard configurations can be found in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Configuration Manual. Technical specifications for the system can be found in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Technical Specifications Manual. For amplifier configuration procedures, refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.
Installation Test Prerequisites

The following conditions must be met before a site can be tested:

The installation of the system as described in Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual must be complete. All required modules and front-panel optical fiber cables, including outside plant optical fibers, must be installed as described in Chapter 3, Site Installation, of this manual. The setup of the system as described in the Chapter 4, Site Setup and Test, must be complete. Power must be applied to the bays. Both power distribution panel (PDP) LEDs in each bay must be green. Power switches in the Battery Management (BAT) module of each shelf must be ON. The green PWR LED in the Subrack Common Functions (SCF) module of each shelf must be lit. Amplifiers must be configured as described in the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System and must be set up and tested as described in Chapter 4, Site Setup and Test, of this manual. All other setup and procedures in Chapter 4, Site Setup and Test, of this manual must be carried out and criteria must be met.
5-1
Chapter 5 System Testing Requirements
System Testing Requirements

To test an Cisco ONS 15801 system, the following items are required:

Fixed optical attenuators (value and quantity determined by span budget) Laser light source PC with a modem, as well as the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software and the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software installed Optical attenuators Optical power meter (OPM) (Pin max > +26 dBm), capable of reading dB and mW Optical spectrum analyzer (OSA) Optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) STM-64 (STM-64)/SONET Optical Channel-192 (OC-192) test set SONET equipment (channels 132) SDH STM-16/SONET OC-48 test set Tested optical fiber jumper cables (1 meter [3.3 feet] long) with SC or FC adapters attached
General Site-to-Site Testing

This section provides the general Cisco ONS 15801 system tests.
Line Service Modem Status Test

Line Service Modem (LSM-W) modules are located at every site. Follow these steps to set up the modules to enable communications between orderwires.
Warning
The Cisco ONS 15801 system equipment contains Class 3b laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety procedures and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.
Caution
When the shelf power is ON, unplugging an amplifier module (or removing a connector from an amplifier module) can cause carbonization of the connector. Verify the LSM-W module configuration and use the local terminal software to verify that no alarms exist. (Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for details.) Record any alarms.
Step 1
Step 2
5-2
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Site-to-Site Testing General Site-to-Site Testing
Step 3
Repeat this procedure for each LSM-W module in the system.
Demultiplexer Test
Follow these steps to test the 8WD-B module and 24WD-R (or 24WD-LLR) module at each site:
Warning
Caution
When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifier modules (or removing connectors from those modules) can cause carbonization of the connectors.
Note
If measurements are not within the ranges specified, first verify that input power to the demultiplexer is within specification (maximum of 3 dBm from the measured output power from the PRE-L module). Then, verify that the demultiplexer path loss is within specifications.
Note
Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean Cisco ONS 15800 system E-2000 connections. Measure and record the optical power at the output of each demultiplexer (8WD-B, 24WD-R, 24WD-LLR) front-panel port (OUT 164) with an optical jumper cable and an OPM (Figure 5-1).
Step 1
5-3
Chapter 5 General Site-to-Site Testing
Figure 5-1
Demultiplexer Output Measurement Test Setup

(Subrack varies) 32WD-IR Subrack 1 24WD-R or 24WD-LLR (Subrack varies) 8WD-B
33
34
35
36
37
38
9
OUT
10
OUT
11
OUT
12
OUT
13
OUT
14
OUT
1
OUT
2
OUT
39
40
41
42
43
44
Optical fiber jumper cable When installing, connect this end first.
Optical power meter
15
OUT
16
OUT
17
OUT
18
OUT
19
OUT
20
OUT
3
OUT
4
OUT
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
21
OUT
22
OUT
23
OUT
24
OUT
25
OUT
26
OUT
5
OUT
6
OUT
57
58
59
60
61
62
27
63 64
OUT
28
OUT
29
OUT
30
OUT
31
OUT
32
OUT
7
OUT
8
OUT
Note
If OC-48 and OC-192 channels are present in the same band, OC-48 channels may require attenuation. Record the power level. All output power levels for OC-48 channels must be between 22 dBm and 10 dBm. Refer to Table 5-1 for pass-or-fail criteria.
Table 5-1 Demultiplexer Optical Output Power Criteria for 2.5-Gbps Channels
Step 2
Measurement Point
24 channels (8 blue band and Instrument 16 red band) 20 to 11 20 to 11
12 Channels (4 blue band and 8 red band) 16 to 10 16 to 10
Per channel output OPM powerred band Per channel output OPM powerblue band
Note Step 3
All output power levels for OC-192 channels must be between 11 dBm and 1 dBm. At 10-Gbps sites, the following rules have to be applied when increasing the number of channels in order to guarantee a non-traffic-affecting upgrade:
5-4
69215
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Note
Padding must be used between demultiplexer modules and RXT modules to increase channel flatness and to meet input power dynamic range specifications required at the RXT modules.
a. b. c.
System installation should start with 1 channel in blue band and 4 channels in red band, with amplifiers regulated as required. Padding must be used on these starting channels in order to obtain a power level at the RXT module input just below 1 dBm in the blue band and just below 2 dBm in the red band. Insert the following channels one at a time following the path upgrade and regulating the receive site BBA-10G module and RBA-10G according to the rules in Table 5-2.
Power Class Regulation for Receive Site Amplifiers (BBA-10G and RBA-10G)
Table 5-2
Blue Band (BBA-10G) Low All Fibers All Links

d.
Red Band (RBA-10G High 68 Low 16 Mid 712 High 1324
Mid 45
13
Padding must be used on the added channel in order to obtain RXT module input power just below 2 dBm if the new channel requires the power class regulation, or just below 4 dBm if the new channel does not require power class regulation. Padding must be used after the last added channel in order to obtain RXT module input power just below 2 dBm.
e.
Note
Channel specific attenuation might be required for channels exceeding specified power class.
Note
LEM-EM-Fxx module, LEM-10G-Fxx module, WCM-EM-Fxx module, and WCM-10G-Fxx module output power can be regulated within the 5 to +2 dBm range using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software transponder output power tuning feature. The default value is set to 0 dBm. The output power level of the transponder can be increased up to +2 dBm if the OSNR or output power level of the demultiplexers are below the required minimum values.
Optical Service Channel Test

The OSC must be present and working at every Cisco ONS 15801 system site. Follow these steps to test communication on the OSC:
Warning
5-5
Chapter 5 General Site-to-Site Testing
Step 1 Step 2
Connect a PC to the local NE. At the MS-DOS prompt, type the following for each NE in the line: ping <NE IP address> If a successful result is achieved for each NE, go to the next step.
Step 3
Open the local terminal software and connect to the NE by specifying the IP address. (Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for instructions.) Connect to the NE from the local terminal software to verify that the connection has been established. If the connection fails, verify the following for each NE in the line:
The selected NE (CMP-W) is switched on. Correctness of the IP address Condition of Ethernet connection (Refer to the Ethernet cabling procedure in the Cisco ONS
Step 4 Step 5
15801 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.)

Step 6
Record the IP address.
Orderwire Communications Test

Orderwire communication must be established at every NE. Follow these steps to check communication through the orderwire to other NEs:
Warning
Step 1
Connect all appropriate outside plant fibers.
Note Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
The orderwire speaker volume must be set to a reasonable level. Select the Channel 1 or Channel 2 button on the orderwire equipment. Lift the handset and establish communication with all sites. Record site orderwire number.
Ethernet Connection Test

Follow these steps to test the Ethernet connection of a site to other sites:
5-6
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Warning
Step 1
With the PC connected to the local NE (via an RS-232 cable to the connector on the front of shelf 1), type this command at the MS-DOS prompt: ping -t -l 10000 <IP Address> Verify that all hosts answer by allowing the command to run for 5 minutes with a pass-or-fail criterion of 2 percent. Ping all CMP-W modules in the link simultaneously. Type the following command at the MS-DOS prompt: ping -t -l 5000 <IP Address> Verify that all hosts answer by allowing the command to run for 5 minutes with a pass-or-fail criterion of 5 percent. If the ping command does not meet the criterion, check the following:

Step 2 Step 3
Step 4 Step 5
The selected NE (CMP-W) is switched on. Ethernet connectors and cables are properly used:
50-ohm impedance cables must be employed. The subrack Ethernet interfaces that are not used must have 50-ohm termination. The coaxial cable can be directly connected to the shelf BNC interfaces, while the other end
must closed with a 50-ohm terminator. Connection to the PC (or other equipment) uses a T-connector.
Step 6 Step 7
Confirm that the IP address specified corresponds to the local NE. Confirm that the computer IP and NE IP addresses are on the same network.
Open the local terminal software and select an Ethernet connection. Specify the NE IP address. Connect to the host and verify the connection.
Network Operation Center Visibility Test

This test is used to test visibility between the network element management software and the Cisco ONS 15801 system.
Note
This test is valid when the Cisco ONS 15801 system equipment reports alarms to the NOC from a local site.
Step 1
Connect to the NOC as necessary.
5-7
Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing
Step 2
Confirm operation of the Cisco ONS 15801 system.
2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

This section provides the 2.5-Gbps terminal site test procedures.
Warning
The Cisco ONS 15801 system equipment contains Class 3b laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.
Caution
When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifiers modules (or removing connectors from those modules) can cause carbonization of the connectors.
Note
A span begins at the output of a TPA-R module in terminal sites and regeneration sites or at the output of an RBA module in OLA sites and OADM sites. A span ends at the input to the first PRE-L module in the next site in the line.
Note
Clean and inspect optical connectors and adapters as described in your companys recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service and the Technical Assistance Center. Two technicians are required for these tests, one at each site. The technicians must be in constant communication while the tests are performed. The recommended procedure for testing span budgets uses OTDR equipment to gain the most accurate measurements.
Terminal Site to Terminal Site

This section provides the terminal site to terminal site span testing procedures.
Span Budget Test Using an OTDR

Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the terminal site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to terminal site span loss.
5-8
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing
Connect the laser source to the terminal site to terminal site fiber span at the first terminal site. Measure and record power received at the second terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.
Span Budget Test Without an OTDR

Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS (Power, beginning of span). Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.
Warning
Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the first terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the second terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS (power, end of span). At the first terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS
Step 13
Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the first terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value.
Step 14 Step 15
5-9
Step 16 Step 17
Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the second terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
OSNR Measurement
This procedure is carried out from terminal site to terminal site in systems without OADM sites. The testing is performed at one end of the span and repeated at the other. Two technicians are required (one at each of the terminal sites being tested).
Measuring Red-Band OSNR for All Systems Without Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
Test the OSNR of the red-band signals as follows.
At one terminal site, verify that all lasers are switched on. If blue-band channels are not present on the system, the TPA-B and BBA module alarms will be present and are considered a normal condition. Verify the power class of the TPA-R module. Reset the class if necessary according to the procedure in the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System. Connect an OSA to the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-3.
Table 5-3 OSNR Pass or Fail Criteria
Bandwidth 0.5 nm 0.2 nm

Step 6 Step 7
OC-48 (no RXT module) 13 dB 17 dB
OC-48 (with RXT module) 10 dB 14 dB
OC-48 OOB-FEC 7 dB 11 dB
OC-192 (no FEC) 17 dB 21 dB
OC-192 (with IB FEB) 16 dB 20 dB
Measure the OSNR of all active red-band channels. Record the OSNR. Record an OSA plot of the red-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module.
Measuring the Blue-Band OSNR for All Systems Without Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
Use this procedure to test the blue-band OSNR.
Connect the OSA to the MON B port of the PRE-L module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the peak.
5-10
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-3. Measure the OSNR of all active blue-band channels. Record the values. Record an OSA plot of the blue-band spectrum at the MON B port of the PRE-L module and attach it to the designated place on an Cisco ONS 15801 Signal-to-Noise Ratio Test Results form.
Note
Repeat the red-band and blue-band procedures at the opposite terminal site.
Bit Error Rate Test

Use this procedure to test the BER of an OC-48 system. The procedure uses two SDH STM-16/SONET OC-48 test sets for transmit and receive, one at each terminal site.
Note
The optical signal-to-noise ratio must be within specifications before the BER test procedure is performed. At the transmit terminal, using an SDH STM-16/SONET OC-48 test set apply an input signal to the appropriate transponder module. Adjust the input signal level according to the module specifications by adding an attenuator if necessary. At the receive terminal, connect the test set receive input to the corresponding demultiplexer channel output. Adjust the test set input level according to the manufacturers specifications. If a receive transponder module is used, adjust the test by connecting the output to the test set receive input. Connect the receive transponder module input to the demultiplexer channel output. Test all channels for 1 hour and 10 minutes to achieve a BER of 1 x 10 -13 or less, or test according to customer requirements.
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Terminal Site to Optical Line Amplification Site

This section provides the terminal site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the terminal site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the terminal site to OLA site fiber span at the terminal site. Measure and record power received at the OLA site.
5-11
Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS (power, end of span). At the terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module.
Step 13
5-12
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Step 17
At the OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Terminal Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site

This section provides the terminal site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8
Measure the terminal site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the terminal site to OADM site fiber span at the terminal site. Measure and record power received at the OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel.
5-13
Step 7
At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 13
PRE-L Module Threshold Test

Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that precede OADM sites.
Step 1 Step 2
Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1). Change the threshold according to Table 5-4 on the Power Fail item of Alarm Description and apply the change.
Table 5-4 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
Span Budget 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB
Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB
5-14
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Table 5-4
PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
Span Budget 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Fail Low -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB
Degrade Low -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
Select the PowerDeg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold according to Table 5-4. Apply the change. Save the changes on the Action List tab. Click in the column next to the input power item (Inpwr1) and save the item permanently. Verify that the operation is complete.
Red- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement

Use this procedure to measure OSNR in a system with OADM functions. Two technicians are needed for this test. One technician performs the tests from the OADM site and the other tests from the remote terminal site. The entire test is to be repeated for the remote terminal site in the other direction. At the OADM site:
Connect an OSA to the MON port of the RBA module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.2 nm. Using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software, calculate the correct ADA module output power. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information.
5-15
Step 4
Set the correct ADA module output power using the local terminal software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the BBA module.
Step 5 Step 6
At the remote terminal site:

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Verify that all transmitted channels are being received by observing the spectral peaks on the OSA. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the center of the OSNR peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-3. Measure all active red-band channels. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect the OSA to the MON port of the TPA-R module. Record a plot of the red band. Connect the OSA to the MON B port of the PRE-L module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Check the OSNR for all active blue-band channels. Measure all active blue-band channels. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the TPA-B module. Obtain an OSA plot of the blue-band spectrum.
Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17 Step 18
Terminal Site to Regeneration Site

This section provides the terminal site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
5-16
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Measure the terminal site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to regeneration site span loss. Connect the laser source to the terminal site to regeneration site fiber span at the terminal site. Measure and record power received at the regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS
5-17
Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing
Step 13
Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

This section provides the 2.5-Gbps OLA site test procedures.
Warning
Caution
Note
Note
Optical Line Amplification Site to Terminal Site

This section provides the OLA site to terminal site span testing procedures.
5-18
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the OLA site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to terminal site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to terminal site fiber span at the OLA site. Measure and record power received at the terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the terminal site disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation:
5-19
Span Loss = PBOS PEOS

Step 13
Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Line Amplification Site

This section provides the OLA site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the OLA site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to OLA site fiber span at the first OLA site. Measure and record power received at the second OLA site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2
Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS.
5-20
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Step 3
Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the first OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the second OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the first OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the first OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the second OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 13
Step 14 Step 15
Step 16 Step 17
Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site

This section provides the OLA site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2
Measure the OLA site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values.
5-21
Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to OADM site fiber span at the OLA site. Measure and record power received at the OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source
Step 13
Step 14
5-22
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
At the OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 1 Step 2
Span Budget 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB
5-23
Table 5-5
PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
Span Budget 35 36 37 38
Fail Low -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB
Degrade Low -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
Optical Line Amplification Site to Regeneration Site

This section provides the OLA site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the OLA site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to regeneration site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to regeneration site fiber span at the OLA site. Measure and record power received at the regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1
Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable.
5-24
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing
Step 2 Step 3
Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS
Step 13
Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

This section provides the 2.5-Gbps OADM site test procedures.
Warning
5-25
Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing
Caution
Note
Note
Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Terminal Site

This section provides the OADM site to terminal site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the OADM site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to terminal site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to terminal site fiber span at the OADM site. Measure and record power received at the terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
5-26
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OADM site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS
Warning
Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems.
Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

The following paragraphs contain the PRE-L module threshold procedures.
PRE-L Module Threshold Test for Sites That Follow Optical Add-Drop SitesFour Channels Added and Dropped
Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that follow OADM sites.
5-27
Note
Span loss for PRE-L modules following OADM sites must be determined within 1 dB.
Note
The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection. Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) on the Analog I/O tab and select Power Fail under Alarm Description. Change the threshold according to Table 5-6, and apply the change.
Note
This threshold adjustment applies to PRE-L modules directly following OADM sites.
Table 5-6 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
Power Fail Low1 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26dB -27 dB -28 dB
Power Degrade Low2 -4 dB -5 dB -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB
5-28
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Table 5-6
PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
Span 36 37 38
Power Fail Low1 -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
Power Degrade Low2 -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB
1. Maximum power in the fiber when the line is down, including PRE-L module red band and blue band from the previous span, the ADA output power, and the LSM-W module output power 2. Minimum power available on the blue band with a 1 dB margin
Select Power Deg under Alarm Description, and modify the value according to Table 5-6. Apply the value and save the value. Click beside the input power item (Inpwr1) and store the item permanently. Verify that the storage procedure is complete.
PRE-L Module Threshold Test for Sites That Follow Optical Add-Drop SitesFull Blue Band Demultiplexing
Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for modules that directly follow OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing.
Note
Note
The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection. Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) of the module. Select the BATMOD item of Alarm Description, and change the threshold value according to Table 5-7. Apply the value.
Note
This threshold adjustment applies to PRE-L modules directly following OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing.
Table 5-7 PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing
Span 13 14 15
Power Fail Low1 -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB
Power Degrade Low2 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB
5-29
Table 5-7
PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing (continued)
Span 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Power Fail Low1 -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB
Power Degrade Low2 -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
Select the Power Deg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold value according to Table 5-7. Apply the change. Save the change. Click beside the input power item (InPwr1) and save the change permanently. Verify that the change is saved.
5-30
78-13121-03
Chapter 5

Connect an OSA to the MON port of the RBA module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.2 nm. Using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software, calculate the correct ADA module output power. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information. Set the correct ADA module output power using the local terminal software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the BBA module.
Step 4
Step 5 Step 6

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Verify that all transmitted channels are being received by observing the spectral peaks on the OSA. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the center of the OSNR peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-3. Measure all active red-band channels. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect the OSA to the MON port of the TPA-R module. Record a plot of the red band. Connect the OSA to the MON B port of the PRE-L module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Check the OSNR for all active blue-band channels. Measure all active blue-band channels. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the TPA-B module.
Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17
5-31
Step 18
Obtain an OSA plot of the blue-band spectrum.
Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Line Amplification Site

This section provides the OADM site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the OADM site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to OLA site fiber span at the OADM site. Measure and record power received at the OLA site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel.
5-32
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Step 7
At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OADM site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 13

Note
Note
Note
5-33
Table 5-8
PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Power Fail Low1 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
Power Degrade Low2 -4 dB -5 dB -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB
5-34
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Note
Note
Note
Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
Power Fail Low1 -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB
Power Degrade Low2 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB
5-35
Table 5-9
PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing (continued)
Span 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Power Fail Low1 -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB
Power Degrade Low2 -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site

This section provides the OADM site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the OADM site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to OADM site fiber span at the first OADM site. Measure and record power received at the second OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value.
5-36
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Step 8
Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the first OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the second OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the first OADM site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the first OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the second OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 13
Step 14 Step 15
Step 16 Step 17
5-37

Step 1 Step 2
Span Budget 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Step 3
Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB
Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
Select the PowerDeg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold according to Table 5-10. Apply the change.
5-38
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Step 4 Step 5
Save the changes on the Action List tab. Click in the column next to the input power item (Inpwr1) and save the item permanently. Verify that the operation is complete.
Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Regeneration Site

This section provides the OADM site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the OADM site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to regeneration site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to regeneration site fiber span at the OADM site. Measure and record power received at the regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Step 4 Step 5
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier.
5-39
Step 6 Step 7
At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OADM site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS
Step 13
Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Note
Note
5-40
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Note
Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Power Fail Low1 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 db
Step 4 Step 5
Select Power Deg under Alarm Description, and modify the value according to Table 5-11. Apply the value and save the value.
5-41
Step 6
Click beside the input power item (Inpwr1) and store the item permanently. Verify that the storage procedure is complete.
Note
Note
The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection.
Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) of the module. Select the BATMOD item of Alarm Description, and change the threshold value according to Table 5-12. Apply the value.
Note
Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Power Fail Low1 -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB
Power Degrade Low2 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB
5-42
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Table 5-12 PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing (continued)
Span 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Power Fail Low1 -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB
Power Degrade Low2 -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
Channel Output Power Measurement

The procedures in this paragraph are used to measure output power of isolated channels and dropped channels.
Measuring East-to-West Isolated-Channel Output Power

Use this procedure to check output power of east-to-west isolated channels at OADM sites.
Note
Perform the following steps only on OADM sites. Remove ADA module input from the OADM-P4-Rx module to remove the added channels. Turn on the laser of the TPA-R module of the terminal site or the RBA module inserted in an OADM site using the local terminal software Safety Override command. Connect the OSA to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 (Figure 5-2).
5-43
Figure 5-2
East-to-West Site Connections for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

East-to-west West-to-east Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L MON MON B R Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA
Slot 2 RBA
IN
MON OUT
MON
IN
MON OUT
MON
Optical spectrum analyzer
Step 4 Step 5
Record the PRE-L module MON levels of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module, or channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 for the OADM-P4-R3 module. If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. Figure 5-3 shows a sample plot.
5-44
69023
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Figure 5-3
Sample OSA Plot for PRE-L Module MON Port Channels
Remove the OSA from the MON port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Connect the OSA to the MON port of the OADM-P4-Rx module in slot 1 of shelf 2. Record the OADM-P4-R1 module MON levels for channels 9, 11, 13, and 15. If applicable, record the OADM-P4-R3 module MON levels of channels 17, 19, 21, and 23. If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. Figure 5-4 shows a typical plot with noise floor levels.
5-45
Figure 5-4
Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot Showing Noise Floor
Step 10 Step 11
For each channel, subtract the OADM-P4-RX module MON reading from the PRE-L module MON R reading. Record the values.
Note
The difference between the peak of the adjacent channel and the notch of the dropped channel should be greater than 25 dB.
Measuring East-to-West Dropped-Channel Output Power

Use this procedure to check the output power of dropped channels.
Note
This procedure is performed only on OADM sites.
With an OPM, measure the output at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 1 of shelf 2. If applicable, measure the output with an OPM at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 1 of shelf 2. Record the values on.
Note
If the OADM-P4-RX module output goes to an RXT-DM-M module, proceed to the next step. If not, proceed to the next chapter.
5-46
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Step 4
The OADM-P4-RX module output must be padded to meet input specifications of the receive transponders. Add any necessary fixed attenuators to the appropriate OADM-P4-RX module dropped-channel OUT connector. With an OPM, measure the output power at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 1 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. If applicable, measure the output with an OPM at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 1 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. Record the output values.
Measuring West-to-East Isolated-Channel Output Power

Use this procedure to measure the output power of isolated channels at west-to-east OADM sites.
Note
No inserted channels should be present.
Note
This procedure is performed only at OADM sites. Remove the ADA input to the OADM-P4-RX module to remove the inserted channels. Connect the OSA to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 (Figure 5-5).
Step 1 Step 2
5-47
Figure 5-5
West-to-East Isolated-Channel Measurement Setup

East-to-west West-to-east Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L
MON MON B R
Slot 1 PRE-L
MON MON B R
Slot 2 RBA
Slot 5 RBA
Slot 6 BBA
IN
MON OUT
MON
IN
MON OUT
MON
Record the levels of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 (OADM-P4-R1), or channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 (OADM-P4-R3). If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. Remove OSA from the PRE-L module in slot 4 IN port and connect it to the MON port of the OADM-P4-RX module in slot 3 of shelf 2. Record the levels of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 (OADM-P4-R1), or channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 (OADM-P4-R3). If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. For each channel, subtract the PRE-L module MON R reading from the OADM module MON reading. Record the channel values.
Note
The difference between the two readings for each channel should be greater than 25 dB.
Measuring West-to-East Dropped-Channel Output Power

Use this procedure to measure output power of west-to-east dropped channels.
Note
The following procedure is performed only on OADM sites.
5-48
69024
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing
With an OPM, measure the output power before and after padding at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 3 of shelf 2. If applicable, measure the output power with an OPM before and after padding at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 3 of shelf 2. Record the channel values.
Note
If the OADM-P4-RX module output goes to an RXT-DM-M module, proceed to the next step. If not, proceed to the next chapter. The OADM-P4-RX module output must be padded to meet input specifications of the receive transponders. Add any necessary fixed attenuators to the appropriate OADM-P4-RX module dropped-channel OUT connector. With an OPM, measure the output power at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 3 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. If applicable, measure the output power with an OPM at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 3 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. Record the output values.
Step 4
2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

This section provides the 2.5-Gbps regeneration site test procedures.
Warning
Caution
Note
Note
Clean and inspect optical connectors and adapters as described in your companys recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service and the Technical Assistance Center.
5-49
Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing
Two technicians are required for these tests, one at each site. The technicians must be in constant communication while the tests are performed. The recommended procedure for testing span budgets uses OTDR equipment to gain the most accurate measurements.
Regeneration Site to Terminal Site

This section provides the regeneration site to terminal site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the regeneration site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to terminal site span loss. Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to terminal site fiber span at the regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel.
5-50
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Step 7
At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 13
Step 14 Step 15
Step 16 Step 17
Regeneration Site to Optical Line Amplification Site

This section provides the regeneration site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the regeneration site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to OLA site fiber span at the regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the OLA site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value.
5-51
Step 8

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 13
Step 14 Step 15
Step 16 Step 17
5-52
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Regeneration Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site

This section provides the regeneration site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the regeneration site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to OADM site fiber span at the regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector.
5-53
At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 13
Step 14 Step 15
Step 16 Step 17

Step 1 Step 2
Span Budget 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB
Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB
5-54
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Span Budget 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Fail Low -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB
Degrade Low -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
Regeneration Site to Regeneration Site

This section provides the regeneration site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to regeneration site span loss.
5-55
Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span at the first regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the second regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the first regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the second regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the first regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS
Step 13
Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source
Step 14
5-56
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing
Step 15
At the first regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the second regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 16 Step 17
10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

This section provides the 10-Gbps terminal site test procedures.
Warning
Caution
Note
Caution
Terminal Site to Terminal Site

This section provides the terminal site to terminal site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
5-57
Chapter 5 10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing
Measure the terminal site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to terminal site span loss. Connect the laser source to the terminal site to terminal site fiber span at the first terminal site. Measure and record power received at the second terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the first terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the second terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS (power, end of span). At the first terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS
5-58
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Step 13
Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the first terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the second terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 14 Step 15
Step 16 Step 17
OSNR Measurement
This procedure is carried out from terminal site to terminal site in systems without OADM sites. The testing is performed at one end of the span and repeated at the other. Two technicians are required (one at each of the terminal sites being tested).
Measuring Red-Band OSNR for All Systems Without Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
Test the OSNR of the red-band signals as follows.
At one terminal site, verify that all lasers are switched on. If blue-band channels are not present on the system, the TPA-B and BBA module alarms will be present and are considered a normal condition. Verify the power class of the TPA-R module. Reset the class if necessary according to the procedure in the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System. Connect an OSA to the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-14.
Table 5-14 OSNR Pass or Fail Criteria
Bandwidth 0.5 nm 0.2 nm

Step 6 Step 7
OC-48 (no RXT module) 13 dB 17 dB
OC-48 (with RXT module) 10 dB 14 dB
OC-192 (no FEC) 17 dB 21 dB
OC-192 (with IB FEB) 16 dB 20 dB
Measure the OSNR of all active red-band channels. Record the OSNR. Record an OSA plot of the red-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module.
is complete.
5-59
Measuring the Blue-Band OSNR for All Systems Without Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
Use this procedure to test the blue-band OSNR.
Connect the OSA to the MON B port of the PRE-L module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-14. Measure the OSNR of all active blue-band channels. Record the values. Record an OSA plot of the blue-band spectrum at the MON B port of the PRE-L module and attach it to the designated place on an Cisco ONS 15801 Signal-to-Noise Ratio Test Results form.
Note
Repeat the red-band and blue-band procedures at the opposite terminal site.
Bit Error Rate Test

Use this procedure to test the BER of an OC-192 system. Use two SDH STM-64/SONET 192 test sets for transmit and receive, one at each terminal site.
Note
The optical signal-to-noise ratio must be within specifications before the BER test procedure is performed.
Step 1
At the transmit terminal, using an SDH STM-64/SONET OC-192 test set, apply an input signal to the appropriate transponder module. If necessary, adjust the input signal level by adding an attenuator to meet the module specifications. At the receive terminal, connect the test set receive input to the corresponding demultiplexer channel output. Adjust the test set input level according to manufacturers instructions. If a receive transponder module is used, connect its output to the test set receive input. Connect the transponder module input to the channel OUT port of the demultiplexer. Test all channels for 20 minutes to achieve a BER of 1 x 10-13 or less.
Step 2
Step 3
Terminal Site to Optical Line Amplification Site

This section provides the terminal site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
5-60
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Measure the terminal site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the terminal site to OLA site fiber span at the terminal site. Measure and record power received at the OLA site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS (power, end of span). At the terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS
5-61
Step 13
Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Terminal Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site

This section provides the terminal site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the terminal site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the terminal site to OADM site fiber span at the terminal site. Measure and record power received at the OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
5-62
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 13

Step 1 Step 2
Span Budget 13 14
Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB
Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB
5-63
Span Budget 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Fail Low -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB
Degrade Low -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

5-64
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Step 4
Step 5 Step 6

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON R port of the RBA-10G module. Verify that all transmitted channels are being received by observing the spectral peaks on the OSA. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the center of the OSNR peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-14. Measure all active red-band channels. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect the OSA to the MON port of the TPA-R module. Record a plot of the red band. Connect the OSA to the MON B port of the BBA-10G module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Check the OSNR for all active blue-band channels. Measure all active blue-band channels. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the TPA-B module. Obtain an OSA plot of the blue-band spectrum.
5-65
Terminal Site to Regeneration Site

This section provides the terminal site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the terminal site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to regeneration site span loss. Connect the laser source to the terminal site to regeneration site fiber span at the terminal site. Measure and record power received at the regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify an terminal site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector.
5-66
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing
At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 13
10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

This section provides the 10-Gbps OLA site test procedures.
Warning
Caution
Note
Note
Clean and inspect optical connectors and adapters as described in your companys recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service and the Technical Assistance Center.
5-67
Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing
Two technicians are required for these tests, one at each site. The technicians must be in constant communication while the tests are performed. The recommended procedure for testing span budgets uses OTDR equipment to gain the most accurate measurements.
Optical Line Amplification Site to Terminal Site

This section provides the OLA site to terminal site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the OLA site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to terminal site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to terminal site fiber span at the OLA site. Measure and record power received at the terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the terminal site disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel.
5-68
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Step 7
At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 13
Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Line Amplification Site

This section provides the OLA site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the OLA site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to OLA site fiber span at the first OLA site. Measure and record power received at the second OLA site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value.
5-69
Step 8

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the first OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the second OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the first OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the first OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the second OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 13
Step 14 Step 15
Step 16 Step 17
5-70
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site

This section provides the OLA site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the OLA site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to OADM site fiber span at the OLA site. Measure and record power received at the OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM.
Step 8
5-71
At the OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS
Step 13
Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 1 Step 2
Span Budget 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB
Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB
5-72
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Span Budget 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Fail Low -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB
Degrade Low -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
Optical Line Amplification Site to Regeneration Site

This section provides the OLA site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the OLA site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to regeneration site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to regeneration site fiber span at the OLA site. Measure and record power received at the regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span.
5-73
Step 7 Step 8
Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS
Step 13
Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module.
5-74
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing
Step 17
At the regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

This section provides the 10-Gbps OADM site test procedures.
Warning
Caution
Note
Note
Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Terminal Site

This section provides the OADM site to terminal site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2
Measure the OADM site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values.
5-75
Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing
Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to terminal site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to terminal site fiber span at the OADM site. Measure and record power received at the terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OADM site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source
Step 13
Step 14
5-76
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
At the OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Note
Note
Note
Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Power Fail Low1 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB
Power Degrade Low2 -4 dB -5 dB -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB
5-77
Span 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Power Fail Low1 -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
Power Degrade Low2 -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB
Note
Note
The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection. Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) of the module.
Step 7 Step 8
5-78
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Step 9 Step 10
Select the BATMOD item of Alarm Description, and change the threshold value according to Table 5-18. Apply the value.
Note
Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Power Fail Low1 -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB
5-79

Step 4
Step 5 Step 6

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON R port of the RBA-10G module. Verify that all transmitted channels are being received by observing the spectral peaks on the OSA. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the center of the OSNR peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-14. Measure all active red-band channels. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect the OSA to the MON port of the TPA-R module. Record a plot of the red band.
5-80
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Connect the OSA to the MON B port of the BBA-10G module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Check the OSNR for all active blue-band channels. Measure all active blue-band channels. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the TPA-B module. Obtain an OSA plot of the blue-band spectrum.
Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Line Amplification Site

This section provides the OADM site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the OADM site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to OLA site fiber span at the OADM site. Measure and record power received at the OLA site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
5-81
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OADM site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 13

Note
Note
The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection.
5-82
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) on the Analog I/O tab and select Power Fail under Alarm Description. Change the threshold according to Table 5-19, and apply the change.
Note
Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Power Fail Low1 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
5-83
Note
Note
Note
Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Power Fail Low1 -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB
Power Degrade Low2 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB
5-84
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Table 5-20 PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing (continued)
Span 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Power Fail Low1 -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB
Power Degrade Low2 -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

Connect an OSA to the MON port of the RBA module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.2 nm. Using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software, calculate the correct ADA module output power. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information.
5-85
Step 4
Set the correct ADA module output power using the local terminal software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the BBA module.
Step 5 Step 6

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON R port of the RBA-10G module. Verify that all transmitted channels are being received by observing the spectral peaks on the OSA. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the center of the OSNR peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-14. Measure all active red-band channels. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect the OSA to the MON port of the TPA-R module. Record a plot of the red band. Connect the OSA to the MON B port of the BBA-10G module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Check the OSNR for all active blue-band channels. Measure all active blue-band channels. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the TPA-B module. Obtain an OSA plot of the blue-band spectrum.
Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site

This section provides the OADM site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
5-86
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Measure the OADM site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to OADM site fiber span at the first OADM site. Measure and record power received at the second OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the first OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the second OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the first OADM site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS
5-87
Step 13
Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the first OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the second OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 14 Step 15
Step 16 Step 17

Step 1 Step 2
Span Budget 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB
Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB
5-88
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Span Budget 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Fail Low -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB
Degrade Low -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
Select the PowerDeg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold according to Error! Reference source not found. Apply the change. Save the changes on the Action List tab. Click in the column next to the input power item (Inpwr1) and save the item permanently. Verify that the operation is complete.
Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Regeneration Site

This section provides the OADM site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the OADM site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to regeneration site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to regeneration site fiber span at the OADM site. Measure and record power received at the regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.
5-89

Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OADM site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 13

5-90
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Note
Note
Note
Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Power Fail Low1 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB
Power Degrade Low2 -4 dB -5 dB -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB
5-91
Span 33 34 35 36 37 38
Power Fail Low1 -26dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
Power Degrade Low2 -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB
Note
Note
Note
5-92
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Power Fail Low1 -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB
5-93
Channel Output Power Measurement

The procedures in this paragraph are used to measure output power of isolated channels and dropped channels.
Measuring East-to-West Isolated-Channel Output Power

Use this procedure to check output power of east-to-west isolated channels at OADM sites.
Note
Perform the following steps only on OADM sites. Remove ADA module input from the OADM-P4-Rx module to remove the added channels. Turn on the laser of the TPA-R module of the terminal site or the RBA module inserted in an OADM site using the local terminal software Safety Override command. Connect the OSA to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 (Figure 5-6).
Figure 5-6 East-to-West Site Connections for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
East-to-west Slot 1 PRE-L MON MON B R Slot 2 RBA Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L MON MON B R West-to-east Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA
IN
MON OUT
MON
IN
MON OUT
MON
Step 4 Step 5
Record the PRE-L module MON levels of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module, or channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 for the OADM-P4-R3 module. If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. Figure 5-7 shows a sample plot.
5-94
69023
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Figure 5-7
Sample OSA Plot for PRE-L Module MON Port Channels
Remove the OSA from the MON port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Connect the OSA to the MON port of the OADM-P4-Rx module in slot 1 of shelf 2. Record the OADM-P4-R1 module MON levels for channels 9, 11, 13, and 15. If applicable, record the OADM-P4-R3 module MON levels of channels 17, 19, 21, and 23. If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. Figure 5-8 shows a typical plot with noise floor levels.
5-95
Figure 5-8
Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot Showing Noise Floor
Step 10 Step 11
For each channel, subtract the OADM-P4-RX module MON reading from the PRE-L module MON R reading. Record the values.
Note
The difference between the peak of the adjacent channel and the notch of the dropped channel should be greater than 25 dB.
Measuring East-to-West Dropped-Channel Output Power

Use this procedure to check the output power of dropped channels.
Note
This procedure is performed only on OADM sites.
With an OPM, measure the output at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 1 of shelf 2. If applicable, measure the output with an OPM at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 1 of shelf 2. Record the values on.
Note
If the OADM-P4-RX module output goes to an RXT-DM-M module, proceed to the next step. If not, proceed to the next chapter.
5-96
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Step 4
The OADM-P4-RX module output must be padded to meet input specifications of the receive transponders. Add any necessary fixed attenuators to the appropriate OADM-P4-RX module dropped-channel OUT connector. With an OPM, measure the output power at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 1 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. If applicable, measure the output with an OPM at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 1 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. Record the output values.
Measuring West-to-East Isolated-Channel Output Power

Use this procedure to measure the output power of isolated channels at west-to-east OADM sites.
Note
No inserted channels should be present.
Note
This procedure is performed only at OADM sites. Remove the ADA input to the OADM-P4-RX module to remove the inserted channels. Connect the OSA to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 (Figure 5-9).
Step 1 Step 2
5-97
Figure 5-9
West-to-East Isolated-Channel Measurement Setup

East-to-west West-to-east Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L
MON MON B R
Slot 1 PRE-L
MON MON B R
Slot 2 RBA
Slot 5 RBA
Slot 6 BBA
IN
MON OUT
MON
IN
MON OUT
MON
Record the levels of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 (OADM-P4-R1), or channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 (OADM-P4-R3). If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. Remove OSA from the PRE-L module in slot 4 IN port and connect it to the MON port of the OADM-P4-RX module in slot 3 of shelf 2. Record the levels of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 (OADM-P4-R1), or channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 (OADM-P4-R3). If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. For each channel, subtract the PRE-L module MON R reading from the OADM module MON reading. Record the channel values.
Note
The difference between the two readings for each channel should be greater than 25 dB.
Measuring West-to-East Dropped-Channel Output Power

Use this procedure to measure output power of west-to-east dropped channels.
Note
The following procedure is performed only on OADM sites.
5-98
69024
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing
With an OPM, measure the output power before and after padding at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 3 of shelf 2. If applicable, measure the output power with an OPM before and after padding at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 3 of shelf 2. Record the channel values.
Note
If the OADM-P4-RX module output goes to an RXT-DM-M module, proceed to the next step. If not, proceed to the next chapter. The OADM-P4-RX module output must be padded to meet input specifications of the receive transponders. Add any necessary fixed attenuators to the appropriate OADM-P4-RX module dropped-channel OUT connector. With an OPM, measure the output power at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 3 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. If applicable, measure the output power with an OPM at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 3 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. Record the output values.
Step 4
ADA Module Output Power Test

This procedure must be performed after the amplifiers power regulation as specified in previous chapter.
Step 1 Step 2
Connect an OSA to RBA module MON port. Measure the power of added channels (9, 11, 13, and 15 for OADM-P4-R1) or (17, 19, 21, and 23 for OADM-P4-R3) and the power of adjacent channels (10, 12, 14, and 16 for OADM-P4-R1) and 18, 20, 22, and 24 for OADM-P4-R3). If each added channel has a power level within 3dB with respect to the adjacent channel of the ADA it is then well regulated. If there are added channels with a power level lower than 3 dB with respect to the adjacent channel then unplug the ADA and remove the 3 dB attenuator at the OADM ADA IN port and then recheck the channel power level. If there are added channels with a power level greater than 3 dB with respect to the adjacent channel reduce the ADA output power setting by 3 dBm using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. If the ADA output is already at this minimum power output level (+5 dBm) then increase the attenuation at the OADM ADA IN port (5 dB).
Step 3 Step 4
Step 5
10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

This section provides the 10-Gbps regeneration site test procedures.
5-99
Chapter 5 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing
Warning
Caution
Note
Note
Regeneration Site to Terminal Site

This section provides the regeneration site to terminal site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the regeneration site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to terminal site span loss. Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to terminal site fiber span at the regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value.
5-100
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Step 8

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 13
Step 14 Step 15
Step 16 Step 17
5-101
Regeneration Site to Optical Line Amplification Site

This section provides the regeneration site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the regeneration site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to OLA site fiber span at the regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the OLA site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM.
Step 8
5-102
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
At the regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS
Step 13
Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 14 Step 15
Step 16 Step 17
Regeneration Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site

This section provides the regeneration site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the regeneration site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to OADM site fiber span at the regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.
5-103

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 13
Step 14 Step 15
Step 16 Step 17

5-104
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
Step 1 Step 2
Span Budget 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Step 3 Step 4
Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB
Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB
Select the PowerDeg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold according to Table 5-24. Apply the change. Save the changes on the Action List tab.
5-105
Step 5
Click in the column next to the input power item (Inpwr1) and save the item permanently. Verify that the operation is complete.
Regeneration Site to Regeneration Site

This section provides the regeneration site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Measure the regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to regeneration site span loss. Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span at the first regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the second regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Warning
Step 4
Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections.
5-106
78-13121-03
Chapter 5
At the first regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the second regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the first regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS
Step 13
Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the first regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the second regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.
Step 14 Step 15
Step 16 Step 17
5-107
5-108
78-13121-03
C H A P T E R
Site Uninstall
Use the procedures in this chapter if the Cisco ONS 15801 system equipment does not meet the testing specifications in Chapter 4, Site Setup and Test, and Chapter 5, Site-to-Site Testing. The procedures are used to verify equipment operation or performance and to guide uninstalling the system if deemed necessary by site engineering personnel.
Tools and Test Equipment Required

This section lists the tools and test equipment that are required to test and uninstall the Cisco ONS 15801 system.
Tools
To perform the uninstall procedure, the following tools are required:

Standard installation tools Standard electrical tools
Test Equipment
To perform the pretest procedures, the following test equipment is required:

Optical spectrum analyzer (OSA) Optical power meter (OPM)
The following items should be available, but are not required:
Optical loss test set
Optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR)
2.5 Gbps Site Uninstall

Perform the following procedures to verify the system equipment operation prior to uninstalling the system.
6-1
Chapter 6 2.5 Gbps Site Uninstall
Site Uninstall
Note
Prior to performing any setup or test procedure, disconnect all optical fiber jumper cables from input (IN), output (OUT), and monitoring (MON) ports.
Terminal Site Uninstall

Perform the following test procedures to verify each terminal site in the Cisco ONS 15801 system.
Test Setup
Complete the following test setup for each terminal site before starting the uninstall test procedure:
Step 1 Step 2
Complete an Cisco ONS 15801 Site Inventory form. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to connect to the system being tested. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for step-by-step instructions.
Note Step 3 Step 4
Refer to vendor documentation for OPM operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the TPA-R module OUT port. Connect the other end to the OPM. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the TPA-R module MON port and the other end to the PRE-L module IN port.
Note Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8
Refer to vendor documentation for OSA operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the PRE-L module MON port and the other end to the OSA. Use the OSA to verify that all installed channels are present and meet OSNR specifications. Save the resulting OSA plot. After all readings have been taken and are within the range specified, remove the optical input fiber jumper cables from the PRE-L module IN port and MON port.
Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test procedure for each terminal site.
Step 1 Step 2
To record the output power of the blue-band multiplexer, measure the value of the TPA-B module input power using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the output power of the red-band multiplexers:
a.
Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack.
6-2
78-13121-03
Chapter 6
Site Uninstall 2.5 Gbps Site Uninstall
b. c. d. e. Step 3
Remove the TPA-B module. Measure and record the TPA-R module input power using the local terminal software. The TPA-R module input power is the output of the red-band multiplexers. Reinstall the LSM-W module in the subrack. Reinstall the TPA-B module.
Perform the following steps to record the OSC output power:

a. b. c.
Connect an OPM to the TPA-R module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the TPA-R module using the OPM. Verify that the TPA-R module OSC reading in dBm is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-1.
Output Power Range of TPA-R Module
Table 6-1
Output Power (dBm)1 Module TPA-R Red-band-only Class HIGH Class MID Class LOW Blue-band-only Class HIGH Class MID Class LOW TPA-R OSC-only +11 +9.5 +7.5 +0.5 +14.25 +13 +11 +16 +14.5 +12.5 +6.5 +15.5 +13 +10 +16.25 +14 +11 +17.5 +15 +12 Min. Nom. Max.
Step 4
Perform the following steps to record the TPA-R module combined red-band and blue-band output power:
a. b. c.
Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the 24WM-R module MON port and the other end to the PRE-L module IN port. Measure and record the combined TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software. Remove the TPA-B module from the subrack. Measure and record the TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software. Reinstall the TPA-B module into the subrack.
Step 5
Perform the following steps to record the TPA-R module output power (red band):
a. b. c.
Record the output power of the 8WD-B module and 24WD-R module of each of the multiplexed channels. Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module blue band using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module red band using the local terminal software.
6-3
Site Uninstall
Step 9
Remove the optical input fiber jumper cable from the PRE-L module IN port.
Optical Line Amplification Site Uninstall

Perform the following procedures to verify equipment operation in OLA site prior to uninstalling and shipping.
Test Setup
Complete the following test setup procedure for each OLA site before starting the pretest procedure.
Step 1 Step 2
Complete an Cisco ONS 15801 Site Inventory form. Connect to the system being tested using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software according to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.
Refer to vendor documentation for optical power meter (OPM) operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module OUT port. Connect the other end to an OPM. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Perform a safety override on the east-to-west RBA module.
Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test for each OLA site.
Measure and record the PRE-L module blue-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software. Measure and record the red-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software. Remove the input optical fiber jumper cable connected to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west OSC output power:
a. b. c.
Connect an OPM to the east-to-west RBA module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the OPM. Verify that the OSC reading in dBm on the east-to-west RBA module OSC reading is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-1.
Step 5
Reconnect the input optical fiber jumper cable to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port and perform a safety override on the east-to-west RBA module.
6-4
78-13121-03
Chapter 6
Step 6
Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west RBA module and east-to-west BBA module combined output power:
a. b.
Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the local terminal software.
Step 7 Step 8
Measure and record the output power at the east-to-west BBA module OUT port using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west RBA module output power:
a. b.
Remove the east-to-west BBA module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power at the east-to-west RBA module OUT port using the local terminal software.
Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west BBA module using the local terminal software. Remove the input optical fiber jumper cable connected to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module OUT port. Connect the other end to an OPM. Reinstall the LSM-W module. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC-to-FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Perform a safety override on the west-to-east RBA module. Measure and record the blue-band output power of the west-to-east PRE-L module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the red-band output power of the west-to-east PRE-L module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable connected to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east OSC output power:
a. b. c.
Connect an OPM to the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east RBA module using the OPM. Verify that the OSC reading in dBm for the west-to-east RBA module is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-1.
Step 21 Step 22
Reconnect the optical fiber jumper cable to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port and perform a safety override on the west-to-east RBA module. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east RBA module and west-to-east BBA module combined output power:
a. b.
Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power at the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using the local terminal software.
Step 23
Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east BBA module using the local terminal software.
6-5
Site Uninstall
Step 24
Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east RBA module output power:
a. b.
Remove the west-to-east BBA module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power at the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using the local terminal software.
Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east RBA module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east BBA module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable connected to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port.
Proceed to the System Uninstall section to complete the uninstall procedure.
Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Uninstall

Perform the following procedures to verify equipment operation in OADM site prior to uninstalling and shipping.
Test Setup
Complete the following test setup procedure for each OADM site before starting the pretest procedure.
Step 1 Step 2
Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test for each OADM site.
Step 1 Step 2
Measure and record the PRE-L module blue-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software. Measure and record the red-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software.
6-6
78-13121-03
Chapter 6
Step 3 Step 4
Remove the input optical fiber jumper cable connected to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west OSC output power:
a. b. c.
Step 5 Step 6
Reconnect the input optical fiber jumper cable to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port and perform a safety override on the east-to-west RBA module. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west RBA module and east-to-west BBA module combined output power:
a. b.
Step 7 Step 8
a. b.
a. b. c.
6-7
Site Uninstall
Step 21 Step 22
a. b.
Step 23 Step 24
Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east BBA module using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east RBA module output power:
a. b.
Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east RBA module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east BBA module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable connected to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port.
Regeneration Site Uninstall

Perform the following test procedures to verify each regeneration site in the Cisco ONS 15801 system.
Test Setup
Complete the following test setup for each regeneration site before starting the uninstall test procedure:
Step 1 Step 2
Note Step 3 Step 4
Note Step 5
Refer to vendor documentation for OSA operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the PRE-L module MON port and the other end to the OSA.
6-8
78-13121-03
Chapter 6
Use the OSA to verify that all installed channels are present and meet OSNR specifications. Save the resulting OSA plot. After all readings have been taken and are within the range specified, remove the optical input fiber jumper cables from the PRE-L module IN port and MON port.
Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test procedure for each regeneration site.
Step 1 Step 2
a. b. c. d. e.
Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Remove the TPA-B module. Measure and record the TPA-R module input power using the local terminal software. The TPA-R module input power is the output of the 24WM-R module. Reinstall the LSM-W module in the subrack. Reinstall the TPA-B module. Connect an OPM to the TPA-R module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the TPA-R module using the OPM. Verify that the TPA-R module OSC reading in dBm is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-1.
Step 3

a. b. c.
Step 4
a. b. c.
Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the 24WM-R module MON port and the other end to the PRE-L module IN port. Measure and record the combined TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software. Remove the TPA-B module from the subrack. Measure and record the TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software. Reinstall the TPA-B module into the subrack.
Step 5
a. b. c.
Record the output power of the 8WD-B module and 24WD-R module of each of the multiplexed channels. Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module blue band using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module red band using the local terminal software. Remove the optical input fiber jumper cable from the PRE-L module IN port.
6-9
Chapter 6 10 Gbps Site Uninstall
Site Uninstall
10 Gbps Site Uninstall

Perform the following procedures to verify the system equipment operation prior to uninstalling the system.
Note
Prior to performing any setup or test procedure, disconnect all optical fiber jumper cables from input (IN), output (OUT), and monitoring (MON) ports.
Terminal Site Uninstall

Perform the following test procedures to verify each terminal site in the Cisco ONS 15801 system.
Test Setup
Complete the following test setup for each terminal site before starting the uninstall test procedure:
Step 1 Step 2
Note Step 3 Step 4
6-10
78-13121-03
Chapter 6
Site Uninstall 10 Gbps Site Uninstall
Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test procedure for each terminal site.
Step 1 Step 2
a. b. c. d. e.
Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Remove the TPA-B module. Measure and record the TPA-R module input power using the local terminal software. The TPA-R module input power is measured at the output of the 24WM-LLR module. Reinstall the LSM-W module in the subrack. Reinstall the TPA-B module. Connect an OPM to the TPA-R module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the TPA-R module using the OPM. Verify that the TPA-R module OSC reading in dBm is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-2.
Output Power Range of TPA-R Module
Step 3

a. b. c.
Table 6-2
Output Power (dBm)1 Module TPA-R Red-band-only Class HIGH Class MID Class LOW Blue-band-only Class HIGH Class MID Class LOW TPA-R OSC-only +11 +9.5 +7.5 +0.5 +14.25 +13 +11 +16 +14.5 +12.5 +6.5 +15.5 +13 +10 +16.25 +14 +11 +17.5 +15 +12 Min. Nom. Max.
Step 4
a. b. c.
Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the TPA-R module MON port and the other end to the PRE-L module IN port. Measure and record the combined TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software.
6-11
Site Uninstall
Step 5
a. b. c.
Remove the TPA-B module from the subrack. Measure and record the TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software. Reinstall the TPA-B module into the subrack.
Record the output power of the 8WD-B module and 24WD-LLR module of each of the multiplexed channels. Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module blue band using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module red band using the local terminal software. Remove the optical input fiber jumper cable from the PRE-L module IN port.
Optical Line Amplification Site Uninstall

Perform the following procedures to verify equipment operation in OLA site prior to uninstalling and shipping.
Test Setup
Complete the following test setup procedure for each OLA site before starting the pretest procedure.
Step 1 Step 2
Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test for each OLA site.
Step 1
Measure and record the PRE-L module blue-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software.
6-12
78-13121-03
Chapter 6
Measure and record the red-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software. Remove the input optical fiber jumper cable connected to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west OSC output power:
a. b. c.
Step 5 Step 6
a. b.
Step 7 Step 8
a. b.
a. b.
Connect an OPM to the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east RBA module using the OPM.
6-13
Site Uninstall
c. Step 21 Step 22
Verify that the OSC reading in dBm for the west-to-east RBA module is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-2.
a. b.
Step 23 Step 24
a. b.
Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east RBA-10G-E module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east BBA-10G module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable connected to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port.
Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Uninstall

Perform the following procedures to verify equipment operation in OADM site prior to uninstalling and shipping.
Test Setup
Complete the following test setup procedure for each OADM site before starting the pretest procedure.
Step 1 Step 2
Note Step 3 Step 4
Refer to vendor documentation for optical power meter (OPM) operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module OUT port. Connect the other end to an OPM. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port.
6-14
78-13121-03
Chapter 6
Step 5 Step 6
Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Perform a safety override on the east-to-west RBA module.
Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test for each OADM site.
Measure and record the PRE-L module blue-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software. Measure and record the red-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software. Remove the input optical fiber jumper cable connected to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west OSC output power:
a. b. c.
Step 5 Step 6
a. b.
Step 7 Step 8
a. b.
Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west BBA module using the local terminal software. Remove the input optical fiber jumper cable connected to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module OUT port. Connect the other end to an OPM. Reinstall the LSM-W module. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC-to-FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port.
6-15
Site Uninstall
Perform a safety override on the west-to-east RBA module. Measure and record the blue-band output power of the west-to-east PRE-L module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the red-band output power of the west-to-east PRE-L module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable connected to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east OSC output power:
a. b. c.
Step 21 Step 22
a. b.
Step 23 Step 24
a. b.
Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east RBA-10G-E module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east BBA-10G module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable connected to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port.
Regeneration Site Uninstall

Perform the following test procedures to verify each regeneration site in the Cisco ONS 15801 system.
Test Setup
Complete the following test setup for each regeneration site before starting the uninstall test procedure:
Step 1
Complete an Cisco ONS 15801 Site Inventory form.
6-16
78-13121-03
Chapter 6
Step 2
Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to connect to the system being tested. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for step-by-step instructions.
Note Step 3 Step 4
Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test procedure for each regeneration site.
Step 1 Step 2
To record the output power blue-band multiplexer, measure the value of the TPA-B module input power using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the output power of the red-band multiplexers:
a. b. c. d. e.
Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Remove the TPA-B module. Measure and record the TPA-R module input power using the local terminal software. The TPA-R module input power is the output of the 24WM-LLR module. Reinstall the LSM-W module in the subrack. Reinstall the TPA-B module. Connect an OPM to the TPA-R module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the TPA-R module using the OPM. Verify that the TPA-R module OSC reading in dBm is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-2.
Step 3

a. b. c.
Step 4
a.
Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack.
6-17
Chapter 6 System Uninstall
Site Uninstall
b. c. Step 5
Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the 24WM-LLR module MON port and the other end to the PRE-L module IN port. Measure and record the combined TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software. Remove the TPA-B module from the subrack. Measure and record the TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software. Reinstall the TPA-B module into the subrack.
a. b. c.
Record the output power of the 8WD-B module and 24WD-LLR module of each of the multiplexed channels. Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module blue band using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module red band using the local terminal software. Remove the optical input fiber jumper cable from the PRE-L module IN port.
System Uninstall
If the system operation and performance do not meet the parameters specified in Chapter 4, Site Setup and Test, and Chapter 5, Site-to-Site Testing, and in the preceding sections of this chapter, perform the following procedures to uninstall the system.
Uninstall Preparation
The site technician must notify proper personnel to get clearance prior to performing the uninstall. System operation and performance must be verified before any uninstall takes place.
Uninstall Procedure
Warning
The subrack is energized with 48 VDC power while a Battery Management (BAT) module is turned on. The input voltage and the voltages contained in this device are declared Safety Extra-Low Voltages (SELV) as defined by UL 1950, Section 1.2.8.5: July 28, 1995.
Warning
Connect to an isolated DC power source that is reliably connected to an earth ground. The AC power source must be a device listed with a nationally recognized test lab. Touching electrical connectors or other exposed electrical circuitry inside the subrack when the BAT module is turned on can result in electrical shock.
6-18
78-13121-03
Chapter 6
Site Uninstall System Uninstall
Warning
During the uninstall procedure, each battery management unit (BATMOD) and the battery distribution bay (BDB) circuit breakers must be de-energized, because they are capable of causing serious injury or death.
Caution
Racks will be unstable while the mounting hardware is removed. Keep racks stable during the entire uninstall procedure to prevent possible equipment damage.
Note
To help reassemble the system, tag the location of fibers and patch cords prior to removing them. Perform the following procedure to uninstall an Cisco ONS 15801 system site after the pretest procedures are complete:
Step 1 Step 2
Turn off the BATMOD circuit breakers and de-energize the BDB circuit breakers to the assigned bays. Remove the input power cables from the power distribution panel (PDP) side A:
a. b. c.
Remove the red power cable () and tape the end with electrical tape. Ensure that the cable is properly marked. Roll it and place it on top of the ladder rack. Remove the black power cable (+) and tape the end with electrical tape. Ensure that the cable is properly marked. Roll it and place it on top of the ladder rack. Repeat steps a and b for PDP side B.
Step 3
Cap the backbone fibers. Remove them from the bay and place gently in the fiber tray. Ensure that they are properly marked.
Warning
To ensure personal safety when disconnecting fiber cable, always disconnect the input connector first and then the output connector.
Warning
Do not look directly at the optical connector output beams during connector removal and replacement. The beams can cause permanent eye damage.
Warning
Cap the end of a disconnected output connector immediately to disable the live laser signal to avoid possible eye damage and protect the connector from contamination.
Step 4
Cap and remove the channel optical fibers, transmit optical fibers, and receive optical fibers running into the bays:
At terminal sites, roll fibers and place them gently into the fiber tray. At regeneration sites, roll fibers and place them gently into the fiber tray, then remove all
cross-connect fibers.
At OLA sites, roll fibers and place them gently into the fiber tray. At OADM sites, roll fibers and place them gently into the fiber tray. Step 5
At terminal and regeneration sites, remove the control bus (CBUS) cables that connect the racks, and remove the LSM-W module backplane cross-connect fibers.
6-19
Chapter 6 System Uninstall
Site Uninstall
Step 6
If applicable, disconnect the alarm and Ethernet connections and place gently on the ladder rack.
Caution
Static electricity can damage electro-optical modules. While handling electro-optical modules, wear a grounding wrist strap to discharge the static buildup. Wrist straps are designed to prevent static electricity damage to equipment.
Note
The uninstall procedure will end all traffic through the site. Obtain proper authorization prior to performing the uninstall. Remove all modules from the Optical Subracks (OSR-W) and from the Dispersion Compensating Unit Subracks (OSR-DCU) if applicable. Place modules in the ESD packaging.
Step 7
Note
After cable and module removal, the only items left in the bay should be the Hendry unit, the 24WM-R module, the 8WM-B module, and the subracks. Place dust covers over the backplane bulkhead connectors to prevent contamination. Remove the central office ground from the ground bar at the top of the bay and secure it to the ladder rack. Remove the mounting hardware at the top of the bay. Verify that the fiber downspouts do not interfere with the lowering of the bay. If they do, remove them. Remove the floor-mounting hardware. See Figure 6-1 for an illustration of a rack installation on raised computer flooring. Lower the bay backward and place in the proper container and packaging as described in the Packaging and Preparation for Shipment section. Repeat steps 113 for each bay at the site.
6-20
78-13121-03
Chapter 6
Site Uninstall Packaging and Preparation for Shipment
Figure 6-1
Rack Installation on Raised Computer Flooring
1.59-cm (5/8") hex nut Flat steel washer Rack base plate
Computer floor Flat steel washer Lock washer 1.59-cm (5/8") hex nut
1.59-cm (5/8") hex nut Flat washer 1.59-cm (5/8") spring nut Unistrut Unistrut Subfloor
64271
Packaging and Preparation for Shipment

This section contains general packaging tips and instructions for Cisco ONS 15801 system racks, modules, and cables to prepare them for shipment. It also provides information about storing the Cisco ONS 15801 equipment prior to shipment.
Packaging Tips
When packaging the equipment:

Use the packaging material that was provided at installation. Only package equipment to be shipped or returned immediately. Store equipment to be shipped later under the temperature and environmental conditions described in the Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Technical Specifications Manual.
Packaging Racks
Use the following procedure to package Cisco ONS 15801 racks:
Caution
When using a shipping container, use caution to avoid damaging the equipment during packaging.
6-21
Chapter 6 Storage
Site Uninstall
Caution
Do not remove the rope handles. The banding straps should only be used to secure the container for shipping. Use the rope handles for moving the container.
Remove the banding straps that secure the original shipping container of the rack. Lift the top off the container. Carefully place the rack inside the container and use protective packing material all around the rack. Use the rope handles at each end of the container to position the container as needed. Push the rope handles inside the cardboard container. Secure the banding straps around the container.
Packaging Modules
Use the following procedure to package Cisco ONS 15801 modules:
Open the original shipping container for the module and remove the packing material. Carefully place the module(s) in the protective packing material provided at installation. If any SC-PC/FC-PC adapters are still attached, remove and keep them for use during reassembly of the site.
Packaging Cables
Use the following procedure to package Cisco ONS 15801 cable kits:
Step 1 Step 2
Open the original shipping container for the cable kit and remove the packing material. Carefully place the cables in the protective packing material provided with the cable kit(s) at installation.
Storage
If the equipment must be stored before shipment, do not store it for more than 12 months. The silica gel capsules that help control moisture during storage can become ineffective after that time. Always store the packaged equipment indoors in a well-ventilated and static-safe environment. For the recommended storage temperature range, refer to Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Technical Specifications Manual.
6-22
78-13121-03

DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Cisco ONS 15801 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

Hardware Release 1.6 April 2002

Text Part Number: 78-13121-03

Documentation InfoSet Structure

Purpose of This Publication Manual Structure

2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1

Equipment Verification Equipment Handling Unpacking Modules Guidelines

Site Setup and Test

5-1 5-1 5-2

Installation Test Prerequisites System Testing Requirements

East-to-West Setup for Amplifier Power Output Testing

Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot of Channels from the OADM-P4-Rx Module

East-to-West Setup for Amplifier Power Output Testing

Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot of Channels from the OADM-P4-Rx Module

8WC-F Module Wavelength Converter Module and Monitor Output

TPA-R Module OSC Measurement Setup

4-139 5-4 5-44

Demultiplexer Output Measurement Test Setup

Module Name and Acronym List

3-1 3-9 3-11

3-16 3-20 3-21 3-22 3-23

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - Full Blue-Band Demultiplex

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - Full Blue-Band Demultiplex

3-45 3-46 3-47 3-49

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - Full Blue-Band Demultiplex

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site - Full Blue-Band Demultiplex

Output Power Range of PRE-L Module Amplifier Line Direction Settings

Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List

Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Line Amplification Sites

Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Reduced Channel Count

10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Reduced Channel Count

Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List

4-107 4-107 4-108 4-109 4-109 4-110

10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Reduced Channel Count

East-to-West Inserted Channels Strength Specification

10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Reduced Channel Count

Terminal Site Output Power Range of PRE-L Module

5-14 5-23 5-28

General Safety Precautions

Electrical Safety Precautions

Preface Safety Summary

Optical Safety Precautions

Preface Safety Summary

Laser Safety Features

When the system is manually restarted after broken fiber is repaired:

Preface Safety Summary

Safety Symbols and Labels

Area Warning Sign

Preface Safety Summary

Electrical Safety Labels

Front and Back Door Safety Labels

Preface Safety Summary

Subrack Safety Labels

ONS 15801 System Backplane Safety Label

Preface Safety Summary

INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION EMITTED FROM THIS APERTURE

Module Safety Labels

boldface screen font < >

Preface Documentation InfoSet Structure

Documentation InfoSet Structure

Preface Obtaining Documentation

World Wide Web